1 //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file defines the code-completion semantic actions.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
13 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/AttributeCommonInfo.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
53 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
54 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
55 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
56 #include <list>
57 #include <map>
58 #include <string>
59 #include <vector>
60 
61 using namespace clang;
62 using namespace sema;
63 
64 namespace {
65 /// A container of code-completion results.
66 class ResultBuilder {
67 public:
68   /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the
69   /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in
70   /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be
71   /// filtered out (returns false).
72   typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const;
73 
74   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
75 
76 private:
77   /// The actual results we have found.
78   std::vector<Result> Results;
79 
80   /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed
81   /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into
82   /// the result set twice.
83   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound;
84 
85   typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair;
86 
87   /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store
88   /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but
89   /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings.
90   class ShadowMapEntry {
91     typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector;
92 
93     /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector
94     /// of (declaration, index) pairs.
95     llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector;
96 
97     /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is
98     /// the index associated with that entry.
99     unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
100 
101   public:
102     ShadowMapEntry() : SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
103     ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
104     ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); }
105     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
106     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) {
107       SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex;
108       DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector;
109       Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr;
110       return *this;
111     }
112 
113     void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) {
114       if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) {
115         // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information.
116         DeclOrVector = ND;
117         SingleDeclIndex = Index;
118         return;
119       }
120 
121       if (const NamedDecl *PrevND =
122               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) {
123         // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the
124         // existing declaration.
125         DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector;
126         Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex));
127         DeclOrVector = Vec;
128       }
129 
130       // Add the new element to the end of the vector.
131       DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back(
132           DeclIndexPair(ND, Index));
133     }
134 
135     ~ShadowMapEntry() {
136       if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec =
137               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) {
138         delete Vec;
139         DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr);
140       }
141     }
142 
143     // Iteration.
144     class iterator;
145     iterator begin() const;
146     iterator end() const;
147   };
148 
149   /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
150   /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of
151   /// results.
152   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
153 
154   /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being
155   /// produced.
156   Sema &SemaRef;
157 
158   /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings.
159   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
160 
161   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo;
162 
163   /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion
164   /// results that are not desirable.
165   LookupFilter Filter;
166 
167   /// Whether we should allow declarations as
168   /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out.
169   bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers;
170 
171   /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value
172   /// declarations to have.
173   ///
174   /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's
175   /// priority.
176   CanQualType PreferredType;
177 
178   /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at
179   /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy.
180   std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
181 
182   /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup.
183   /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another.
184   llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry>
185       OverloadMap;
186 
187   /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set
188   /// of qualifiers applied to the object type.
189   Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers;
190   /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads.
191   ExprValueKind ObjectKind;
192 
193   /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active.
194   bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers;
195 
196   /// The selector that we prefer.
197   Selector PreferredSelector;
198 
199   /// The completion context in which we are gathering results.
200   CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext;
201 
202   /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation
203   /// object.
204   ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation;
205 
206   void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R);
207 
208   void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R);
209 
210 public:
211   explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
212                          CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
213                          const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext,
214                          LookupFilter Filter = nullptr)
215       : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
216         Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false),
217         HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext),
218         ObjCImplementation(nullptr) {
219     // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the
220     // corresponding implementation.
221     switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) {
222     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression:
223     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver:
224     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
225     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement:
226     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery:
227       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
228         if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
229           if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface())
230             ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation();
231       break;
232 
233     default:
234       break;
235     }
236   }
237 
238   /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration.
239   unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D);
240 
241   /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion
242   /// results.
243   bool includeCodePatterns() const {
244     return SemaRef.CodeCompleter &&
245            SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns();
246   }
247 
248   /// Set the filter used for code-completion results.
249   void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; }
250 
251   Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); }
252   unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); }
253   bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); }
254 
255   /// Specify the preferred type.
256   void setPreferredType(QualType T) {
257     PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
258   }
259 
260   /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering
261   /// calls to member functions.
262   ///
263   /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter
264   /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a
265   /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier
266   /// match.
267   void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) {
268     ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals;
269     ObjectKind = Kind;
270     HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true;
271   }
272 
273   /// Set the preferred selector.
274   ///
275   /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that
276   /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method
277   /// a slight priority boost.
278   void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; }
279 
280   /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are
281   /// being collected.
282   const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const {
283     return CompletionContext;
284   }
285 
286   /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed.
287   void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) {
288     AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow;
289   }
290 
291   /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting
292   /// code completion results.
293   Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }
294 
295   /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings.
296   CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
297 
298   CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; }
299 
300   /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting
301   /// as a code-completion result.
302   ///
303   /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting.
304   ///
305   /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is
306   /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier.
307   bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
308                          bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const;
309 
310   /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration.
311   ///
312   /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if
313   /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be
314   /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra
315   /// qualification).
316   bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
317                          const NamedDecl *Hiding);
318 
319   /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one
320   /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a
321   /// redeclaration).
322   ///
323   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
324   ///
325   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
326   void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr);
327 
328   /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know
329   /// the hiding declaration (if any).
330   ///
331   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
332   ///
333   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
334   ///
335   /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result.
336   ///
337   /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base
338   /// class of the searched context.
339   void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding,
340                  bool InBaseClass);
341 
342   /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set.
343   void AddResult(Result R);
344 
345   /// Enter into a new scope.
346   void EnterNewScope();
347 
348   /// Exit from the current scope.
349   void ExitScope();
350 
351   /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again.
352   void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); }
353 
354   /// Add a visited context.
355   void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
356     CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
357   }
358 
359   /// \name Name lookup predicates
360   ///
361   /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the
362   /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that
363   ///
364   //@{
365   bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
366   bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
367   bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
368   bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
369   bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
370   bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
371   bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
372   bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
373   bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
374   bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
375   bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
376   bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
377   bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
378   bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
379   bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
380   bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
381   bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
382   //@}
383 };
384 } // namespace
385 
386 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
387   if (!Enabled)
388     return;
389   if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
390     if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) {
391       ComputeType = nullptr;
392       Type = BSI->ReturnType;
393       ExpectedLoc = Tok;
394     }
395   } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
396     ComputeType = nullptr;
397     Type = Function->getReturnType();
398     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
399   } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
400     ComputeType = nullptr;
401     Type = Method->getReturnType();
402     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
403   }
404 }
405 
406 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) {
407   if (!Enabled)
408     return;
409   auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
410   ComputeType = nullptr;
411   Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType();
412   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
413 }
414 
415 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig);
416 
417 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok,
418                                                       QualType BaseType,
419                                                       const Designation &D) {
420   if (!Enabled)
421     return;
422   ComputeType = nullptr;
423   Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
424   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
425 }
426 
427 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument(
428     SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) {
429   if (!Enabled)
430     return;
431   this->ComputeType = ComputeType;
432   Type = QualType();
433   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
434 }
435 
436 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok,
437                                           SourceLocation LParLoc) {
438   if (!Enabled)
439     return;
440   // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change.
441   if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc)
442     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
443 }
444 
445 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS,
446                                             tok::TokenKind Op) {
447   if (!LHS)
448     return QualType();
449 
450   QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
451   if (LHSType->isPointerType()) {
452     if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal)
453       return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType();
454     // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer.
455     if (Op == tok::minus)
456       return LHSType;
457   }
458 
459   switch (Op) {
460   // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS.
461   case tok::comma:
462     return QualType();
463   // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these.
464   // Arithmetic operations.
465   case tok::plus:
466   case tok::plusequal:
467   case tok::minus:
468   case tok::minusequal:
469   case tok::percent:
470   case tok::percentequal:
471   case tok::slash:
472   case tok::slashequal:
473   case tok::star:
474   case tok::starequal:
475   // Assignment.
476   case tok::equal:
477   // Comparison operators.
478   case tok::equalequal:
479   case tok::exclaimequal:
480   case tok::less:
481   case tok::lessequal:
482   case tok::greater:
483   case tok::greaterequal:
484   case tok::spaceship:
485     return LHS->getType();
486   // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those.
487   case tok::greatergreater:
488   case tok::greatergreaterequal:
489   case tok::lessless:
490   case tok::lesslessequal:
491     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
492       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
493     return QualType();
494   // Logical operators, assume we want bool.
495   case tok::ampamp:
496   case tok::pipepipe:
497   case tok::caretcaret:
498     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
499   // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type
500   // of the left argument.
501   case tok::pipe:
502   case tok::pipeequal:
503   case tok::caret:
504   case tok::caretequal:
505   case tok::amp:
506   case tok::ampequal:
507     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
508       return LHSType;
509     return QualType();
510   // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give
511   // any particular type here.
512   case tok::periodstar:
513   case tok::arrowstar:
514     return QualType();
515   default:
516     // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion.
517     // assert(false && "unhandled binary op");
518     return QualType();
519   }
520 }
521 
522 /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is
523 /// preferred type of the whole unary expression.
524 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType,
525                                            tok::TokenKind Op) {
526   switch (Op) {
527   case tok::exclaim:
528     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
529   case tok::amp:
530     if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType())
531       return ContextType->getPointeeType();
532     return QualType();
533   case tok::star:
534     if (ContextType.isNull())
535       return QualType();
536     return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType());
537   case tok::plus:
538   case tok::minus:
539   case tok::tilde:
540   case tok::minusminus:
541   case tok::plusplus:
542     if (ContextType.isNull())
543       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
544     // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type.
545     return ContextType;
546   case tok::kw___real:
547   case tok::kw___imag:
548     return QualType();
549   default:
550     assert(false && "unhandled unary op");
551     return QualType();
552   }
553 }
554 
555 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS,
556                                        tok::TokenKind Op) {
557   if (!Enabled)
558     return;
559   ComputeType = nullptr;
560   Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op);
561   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
562 }
563 
564 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
565                                           Expr *Base) {
566   if (!Enabled || !Base)
567     return;
568   // Do we have expected type for Base?
569   if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc())
570     return;
571   // Keep the expected type, only update the location.
572   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
573 }
574 
575 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
576                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
577                                       SourceLocation OpLoc) {
578   if (!Enabled)
579     return;
580   ComputeType = nullptr;
581   Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind);
582   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
583 }
584 
585 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
586                                           Expr *LHS) {
587   if (!Enabled)
588     return;
589   ComputeType = nullptr;
590   Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy;
591   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
592 }
593 
594 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok,
595                                          QualType CastType) {
596   if (!Enabled)
597     return;
598   ComputeType = nullptr;
599   Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType();
600   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
601 }
602 
603 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
604   if (!Enabled)
605     return;
606   ComputeType = nullptr;
607   Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
608   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
609 }
610 
611 class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator {
612   llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator;
613   unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
614 
615 public:
616   typedef DeclIndexPair value_type;
617   typedef value_type reference;
618   typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
619   typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
620 
621   class pointer {
622     DeclIndexPair Value;
623 
624   public:
625     pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {}
626 
627     const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; }
628   };
629 
630   iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
631 
632   iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index)
633       : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {}
634 
635   iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator)
636       : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
637 
638   iterator &operator++() {
639     if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) {
640       DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr;
641       SingleDeclIndex = 0;
642       return *this;
643     }
644 
645     const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
646     ++I;
647     DeclOrIterator = I;
648     return *this;
649   }
650 
651   /*iterator operator++(int) {
652     iterator tmp(*this);
653     ++(*this);
654     return tmp;
655   }*/
656 
657   reference operator*() const {
658     if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
659       return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
660 
661     return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
662   }
663 
664   pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); }
665 
666   friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
667     return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() ==
668                Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() &&
669            X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex;
670   }
671 
672   friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
673     return !(X == Y);
674   }
675 };
676 
677 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
678 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const {
679   if (DeclOrVector.isNull())
680     return iterator();
681 
682   if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
683     return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
684 
685   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin());
686 }
687 
688 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
689 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const {
690   if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull())
691     return iterator();
692 
693   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end());
694 }
695 
696 /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context
697 /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext).
698 ///
699 /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used.
700 ///
701 /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is
702 /// typically based on the current scope.
703 ///
704 /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually
705 /// resides.
706 ///
707 /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or
708 /// NULL if no qualification is needed.
709 static NestedNameSpecifier *
710 getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext,
711                          const DeclContext *TargetContext) {
712   SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents;
713 
714   for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext;
715        CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext);
716        CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) {
717     if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() ||
718         CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod())
719       continue;
720 
721     TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor);
722   }
723 
724   NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr;
725   while (!TargetParents.empty()) {
726     const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val();
727 
728     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) {
729       if (!Namespace->getIdentifier())
730         continue;
731 
732       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace);
733     } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent))
734       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
735           Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr());
736   }
737   return Result;
738 }
739 
740 // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show.
741 // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a
742 // system header.
743 static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) {
744   ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
745   // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls.
746   if (isReservedInAllContexts(Status) && ND->getLocation().isInvalid())
747     return true;
748 
749   // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names.
750   // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single
751   // underscore.
752   if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore &&
753       SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(
754           SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation())))
755     return true;
756 
757   return false;
758 }
759 
760 bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
761                                       bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const {
762   AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
763 
764   auto *Named = ND;
765   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
766 
767   // Skip unnamed entities.
768   if (!ND->getDeclName())
769     return false;
770 
771   // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never
772   // added as results.
773   if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared)
774     return false;
775 
776   // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results.
777   if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) ||
778       isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND))
779     return false;
780 
781   // Using declarations themselves are never added as results.
782   if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
783     return false;
784 
785   if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef))
786     return false;
787 
788   if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier ||
789       (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace &&
790        Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr))
791     AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
792 
793   // Filter out any unwanted results.
794   if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) {
795     // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier.
796     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
797         IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) &&
798         (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember ||
799          (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) &&
800           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) {
801       AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
802       return true;
803     }
804 
805     return false;
806   }
807   // ... then it must be interesting!
808   return true;
809 }
810 
811 bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
812                                       const NamedDecl *Hiding) {
813   // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name.
814   // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary
815   // name if we introduce the tag type.
816   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
817     return true;
818 
819   const DeclContext *HiddenCtx =
820       R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
821 
822   // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method.
823   if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod())
824     return true;
825 
826   if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())
827     return true;
828 
829   // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it.
830   R.Hidden = true;
831   R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
832 
833   if (!R.Qualifier)
834     R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext,
835                                            R.Declaration->getDeclContext());
836   return false;
837 }
838 
839 /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two
840 /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities.
841 SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) {
842   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
843   case Type::Builtin:
844     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
845     case BuiltinType::Void:
846       return STC_Void;
847 
848     case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
849       return STC_Pointer;
850 
851     case BuiltinType::Overload:
852     case BuiltinType::Dependent:
853       return STC_Other;
854 
855     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
856     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
857     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
858       return STC_ObjectiveC;
859 
860     default:
861       return STC_Arithmetic;
862     }
863 
864   case Type::Complex:
865     return STC_Arithmetic;
866 
867   case Type::Pointer:
868     return STC_Pointer;
869 
870   case Type::BlockPointer:
871     return STC_Block;
872 
873   case Type::LValueReference:
874   case Type::RValueReference:
875     return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType());
876 
877   case Type::ConstantArray:
878   case Type::IncompleteArray:
879   case Type::VariableArray:
880   case Type::DependentSizedArray:
881     return STC_Array;
882 
883   case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
884   case Type::Vector:
885   case Type::ExtVector:
886     return STC_Arithmetic;
887 
888   case Type::FunctionProto:
889   case Type::FunctionNoProto:
890     return STC_Function;
891 
892   case Type::Record:
893     return STC_Record;
894 
895   case Type::Enum:
896     return STC_Arithmetic;
897 
898   case Type::ObjCObject:
899   case Type::ObjCInterface:
900   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
901     return STC_ObjectiveC;
902 
903   default:
904     return STC_Other;
905   }
906 }
907 
908 /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration
909 /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form.
910 QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) {
911   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
912 
913   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND))
914     return C.getTypeDeclType(Type);
915   if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))
916     return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface);
917 
918   QualType T;
919   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
920     T = Function->getCallResultType();
921   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
922     T = Method->getSendResultType();
923   else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
924     T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
925   else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND))
926     T = Property->getType();
927   else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND))
928     T = Value->getType();
929 
930   if (T.isNull())
931     return QualType();
932 
933   // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to
934   // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is
935   // used.
936   do {
937     if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
938       T = Ref->getPointeeType();
939       continue;
940     }
941 
942     if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
943       if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
944         T = Pointer->getPointeeType();
945         continue;
946       }
947 
948       break;
949     }
950 
951     if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
952       T = Block->getPointeeType();
953       continue;
954     }
955 
956     if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
957       T = Function->getReturnType();
958       continue;
959     }
960 
961     break;
962   } while (true);
963 
964   return T;
965 }
966 
967 unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) {
968   if (!ND)
969     return CCP_Unlikely;
970 
971   // Context-based decisions.
972   const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext();
973   if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
974     // _cmd is relatively rare
975     if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND))
976       if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() &&
977           ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd"))
978         return CCP_ObjC_cmd;
979 
980     return CCP_LocalDeclaration;
981   }
982 
983   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
984   if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) {
985     // Explicit destructor calls are very rare.
986     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND))
987       return CCP_Unlikely;
988     // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare.
989     auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind();
990     if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
991         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
992         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
993       return CCP_Unlikely;
994     return CCP_MemberDeclaration;
995   }
996 
997   // Content-based decisions.
998   if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
999     return CCP_Constant;
1000 
1001   // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C
1002   // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as
1003   // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations.
1004   if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
1005       !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement ||
1006         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1007             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver ||
1008         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1009             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression))
1010     return CCP_Type;
1011 
1012   return CCP_Declaration;
1013 }
1014 
1015 void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) {
1016   // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our
1017   // preferred selector, give it a priority boost.
1018   if (!PreferredSelector.isNull())
1019     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1020       if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector())
1021         R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch;
1022 
1023   // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly-
1024   // matching or nearly-matching types.
1025   if (!PreferredType.isNull()) {
1026     QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration);
1027     if (!T.isNull()) {
1028       CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
1029       // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers).
1030       if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC))
1031         R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch;
1032       // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each.
1033       else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) ==
1034                 getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) &&
1035                !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType()))
1036         R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
1037     }
1038   }
1039 }
1040 
1041 static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context,
1042                                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
1043   QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
1044   DeclarationName ConstructorName =
1045       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1046           Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy));
1047   return Record->lookup(ConstructorName);
1048 }
1049 
1050 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) {
1051   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration ||
1052       !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults())
1053     return;
1054 
1055   const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration;
1056   const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1057   if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D))
1058     Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1059   else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) {
1060     // Skip specializations and partial specializations.
1061     if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record))
1062       return;
1063   } else {
1064     // There are no constructors here.
1065     return;
1066   }
1067 
1068   Record = Record->getDefinition();
1069   if (!Record)
1070     return;
1071 
1072   for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) {
1073     R.Declaration = Ctor;
1074     R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration);
1075     Results.push_back(R);
1076   }
1077 }
1078 
1079 static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) {
1080   if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1081     ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
1082   return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
1083 }
1084 
1085 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) {
1086   assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope");
1087 
1088   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1089     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1090     Results.push_back(R);
1091     return;
1092   }
1093 
1094   // Look through using declarations.
1095   if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1096     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1097                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1098                                 R.Qualifier);
1099     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1100     MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext);
1101     return;
1102   }
1103 
1104   const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl();
1105   unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace();
1106 
1107   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1108   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1109     return;
1110 
1111   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1112   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1113     return;
1114 
1115   ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back();
1116   ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1117   ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1118   if (NamePos != SMap.end()) {
1119     I = NamePos->second.begin();
1120     IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1121   }
1122 
1123   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1124     const NamedDecl *ND = I->first;
1125     unsigned Index = I->second;
1126     if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) {
1127       // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration.
1128       Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration;
1129 
1130       // We're done.
1131       return;
1132     }
1133   }
1134 
1135   // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this
1136   // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer
1137   // scope.
1138   std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end();
1139   --SMEnd;
1140   for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
1141     ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1142     ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1143     if (NamePos != SM->end()) {
1144       I = NamePos->second.begin();
1145       IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1146     }
1147     for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1148       // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
1149       if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
1150           (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
1151                    Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
1152         continue;
1153 
1154       // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
1155       if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) ||
1156            (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
1157           I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
1158         continue;
1159 
1160       // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map.
1161       if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first))
1162         return;
1163 
1164       break;
1165     }
1166   }
1167 
1168   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1169   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second)
1170     return;
1171 
1172   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1173   // nested-name-specifier.
1174   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1175     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1176     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1177   } else
1178     AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1179 
1180   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1181   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1182       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1183     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1184     if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1185       R.Qualifier =
1186           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1187     else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1188       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1189           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1190           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1191     else
1192       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1193   }
1194 
1195   // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow
1196   // map.
1197   SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size());
1198   Results.push_back(R);
1199 
1200   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1201     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1202 }
1203 
1204 static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) {
1205   R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass;
1206   R.InBaseClass = true;
1207 }
1208 
1209 enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated };
1210 // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent?
1211 // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is
1212 // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments.
1213 // Precondition: must actually be overloads!
1214 static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate,
1215                                         const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent,
1216                                         const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals,
1217                                         ExprValueKind ObjectKind) {
1218   // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere.
1219   if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext())
1220     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1221   if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() ||
1222       Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() ||
1223       Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() !=
1224           Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments())
1225     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1226   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I)
1227     if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() !=
1228         Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType())
1229       return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1230   if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) ||
1231       !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()))
1232     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1233   // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on
1234   // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere).
1235   RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier();
1236   RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier();
1237   if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) {
1238     // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier
1239     // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code).
1240 
1241     // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to
1242     // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare).
1243     if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue)
1244       return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1245                                        : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1246   }
1247   // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state).
1248   // So make some decision based on the qualifiers.
1249   Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers();
1250   Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers();
1251   bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual);
1252   bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual);
1253   if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset)
1254     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1255   return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1256                            : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1257 }
1258 
1259 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext,
1260                               NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) {
1261   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1262     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1263     Results.push_back(R);
1264     return;
1265   }
1266 
1267   // Look through using declarations.
1268   if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1269     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1270                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1271                                 R.Qualifier);
1272     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1273     AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding);
1274     return;
1275   }
1276 
1277   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1278   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1279     return;
1280 
1281   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1282   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1283     return;
1284 
1285   if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding))
1286     return;
1287 
1288   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1289   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second)
1290     return;
1291 
1292   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1293   // nested-name-specifier.
1294   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1295     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1296     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1297   } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier &&
1298              InBaseClass &&
1299              isa<CXXRecordDecl>(
1300                  R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1301     R.QualifierIsInformative = true;
1302 
1303   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1304   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1305       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1306     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1307     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1308       R.Qualifier =
1309           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1310     else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1311       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1312           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1313           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1314     else
1315       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1316   }
1317 
1318   // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class.
1319   if (InBaseClass)
1320     setInBaseClass(R);
1321 
1322   AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1323 
1324   if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers)
1325     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1326       if (Method->isInstance()) {
1327         Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers();
1328         if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals)
1329           R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch;
1330         else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) {
1331           // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop
1332           // qualifiers.
1333           return;
1334         }
1335         // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked.
1336         switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
1337           case RQ_LValue:
1338             if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst())
1339               return;
1340             break;
1341           case RQ_RValue:
1342             if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue)
1343               return;
1344             break;
1345           case RQ_None:
1346             break;
1347         }
1348 
1349         /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should
1350         /// be suppressed (or vice versa).
1351         /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin().
1352         auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair(
1353             CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())];
1354         for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) {
1355           Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second];
1356           switch (compareOverloads(*Method,
1357                                    *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration),
1358                                    ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) {
1359           case OverloadCompare::Dominates:
1360             // Replace the dominated overload with this one.
1361             // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we
1362             // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case.
1363             Incumbent = std::move(R);
1364             return;
1365           case OverloadCompare::Dominated:
1366             // This overload can't be called, drop it.
1367             return;
1368           case OverloadCompare::BothViable:
1369             break;
1370           }
1371         }
1372         OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size());
1373       }
1374 
1375   // Insert this result into the set of results.
1376   Results.push_back(R);
1377 
1378   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1379     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1380 }
1381 
1382 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) {
1383   assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&
1384          "Declaration results need more context");
1385   Results.push_back(R);
1386 }
1387 
1388 /// Enter into a new scope.
1389 void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); }
1390 
1391 /// Exit from the current scope.
1392 void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() {
1393   ShadowMaps.pop_back();
1394 }
1395 
1396 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1397 /// ordinary name lookup.
1398 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1399   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1400 
1401   // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a
1402   // context where it behaves like an ordinary name.
1403   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1404   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1405     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1406   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1407     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1408       return true;
1409   }
1410 
1411   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1415 /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name.
1416 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1417   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1418   if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
1419     return false;
1420   // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they
1421   // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out
1422   // @class declarations though.
1423   if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
1424     if (!ID->getDefinition())
1425       return false;
1426   }
1427 
1428   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1429   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1430     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1431   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1432     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1433       return true;
1434   }
1435 
1436   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1437 }
1438 
1439 bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1440   if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))
1441     return false;
1442 
1443   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1444     if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1445       return true;
1446 
1447   return false;
1448 }
1449 
1450 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1451 /// ordinary name lookup.
1452 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1453   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1454 
1455   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1456   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1457     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
1458 
1459   return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) &&
1460          !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1461 }
1462 
1463 /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the
1464 /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace.
1465 bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1466   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1467   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1468     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1469 
1470   return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND);
1471 }
1472 
1473 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration.
1474 bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1475   return isa<EnumDecl>(ND);
1476 }
1477 
1478 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct.
1479 bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1480   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1481   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1482     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1483 
1484   // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too.
1485   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1486     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct ||
1487            RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface;
1488 
1489   return false;
1490 }
1491 
1492 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union.
1493 bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1494   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1495   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1496     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1497 
1498   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1499     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union;
1500 
1501   return false;
1502 }
1503 
1504 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace.
1505 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1506   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND);
1507 }
1508 
1509 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or
1510 /// namespace alias.
1511 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1512   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
1513 }
1514 
1515 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type.
1516 bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1517   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1518   return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1519 }
1520 
1521 /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via
1522 /// "." or "->".  Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and
1523 /// using declarations thereof should show up.
1524 bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1525   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1526   return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) ||
1527          isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1528 }
1529 
1530 static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
1531   T = C.getCanonicalType(T);
1532   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
1533   case Type::ObjCObject:
1534   case Type::ObjCInterface:
1535   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1536     return true;
1537 
1538   case Type::Builtin:
1539     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
1540     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1541     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1542     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
1543       return true;
1544 
1545     default:
1546       break;
1547     }
1548     return false;
1549 
1550   default:
1551     break;
1552   }
1553 
1554   if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1555     return false;
1556 
1557   // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a
1558   // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now,
1559   // just accept all class types.
1560   return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType();
1561 }
1562 
1563 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1564   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1565   if (T.isNull())
1566     return false;
1567 
1568   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1569   return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T);
1570 }
1571 
1572 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(
1573     const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1574   if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND))
1575     return true;
1576 
1577   const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
1578   if (!Var)
1579     return false;
1580 
1581   return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
1582 }
1583 
1584 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1585   if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) ||
1586       (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)))
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1590   if (T.isNull())
1591     return false;
1592 
1593   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1594   return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
1595          T->isObjCIdType() ||
1596          (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType());
1597 }
1598 
1599 bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1600   return false;
1601 }
1602 
1603 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C
1604 /// instance variable.
1605 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1606   return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND);
1607 }
1608 
1609 namespace {
1610 
1611 /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result
1612 /// for each visible declaration.
1613 class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
1614   ResultBuilder &Results;
1615   DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx;
1616   // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See
1617   // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details.
1618   CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
1619   QualType BaseType;
1620   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
1621 
1622 public:
1623   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer(
1624       ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx,
1625       QualType BaseType = QualType(),
1626       std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>())
1627       : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx),
1628         FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) {
1629     NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx);
1630     // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'.
1631     if (BaseType.isNull()) {
1632       auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType();
1633       if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
1634         assert(ThisType->isPointerType());
1635         BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType();
1636         if (!NamingClass)
1637           NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1638       }
1639     }
1640     this->BaseType = BaseType;
1641   }
1642 
1643   void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
1644                  bool InBaseClass) override {
1645     ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr,
1646                                  false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts);
1647     Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass);
1648   }
1649 
1650   void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override {
1651     Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
1652   }
1653 
1654 private:
1655   bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) {
1656     // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided
1657     // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)),
1658     // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the
1659     // member.
1660     auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass;
1661     QualType BaseType = this->BaseType;
1662     if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
1663       if (!NamingClass)
1664         NamingClass = Cls;
1665       // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might
1666       // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating
1667       // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking.
1668       if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1669           !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) {
1670         NamingClass = Cls;
1671         BaseType = QualType();
1672       }
1673     } else {
1674       // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks
1675       // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them
1676       // out.
1677       NamingClass = nullptr;
1678       BaseType = QualType();
1679     }
1680     return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType);
1681   }
1682 };
1683 } // namespace
1684 
1685 /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results.
1686 static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1687                                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
1688   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1689   Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type));
1690   Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type));
1691   Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type));
1692   Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type));
1693   Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type));
1694   Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type));
1695   Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type));
1696   Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type));
1697   Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type));
1698   Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type));
1699   Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type));
1700   Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type));
1701   Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type));
1702   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type));
1703 
1704   if (LangOpts.C99) {
1705     // C99-specific
1706     Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type));
1707     Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type));
1708     Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type));
1709     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type));
1710   }
1711 
1712   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1713                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1714   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1715     // C++-specific
1716     Results.AddResult(
1717         Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0)));
1718     Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type));
1719     Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type));
1720 
1721     // typename name
1722     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename");
1723     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1724     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1725     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1726 
1727     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1728       Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type));
1729       Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type));
1730       Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type));
1731 
1732       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype");
1733       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1734       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1735       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1736       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1737     }
1738   } else
1739     Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type));
1740 
1741   // GNU keywords
1742   if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) {
1743     // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point.
1744     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32"));
1745     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64"));
1746     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128"));
1747 
1748     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1749     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1750     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1751     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1752 
1753     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1754     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1755     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1756     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1757     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1758   }
1759 
1760   // Nullability
1761   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type));
1762   Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type));
1763   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type));
1764 }
1765 
1766 static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1767                                  const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1768                                  ResultBuilder &Results) {
1769   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1770   // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both
1771   // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto"
1772   // in C++0x as a type specifier.
1773   Results.AddResult(Result("extern"));
1774   Results.AddResult(Result("static"));
1775 
1776   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1777     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1778     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1779 
1780     // alignas
1781     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas");
1782     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1783     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1784     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1785     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1786 
1787     Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr"));
1788     Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local"));
1789   }
1790 }
1791 
1792 static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1793                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1794                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
1795   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1796   switch (CCC) {
1797   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1798   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1799     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1800       Results.AddResult(Result("explicit"));
1801       Results.AddResult(Result("friend"));
1802       Results.AddResult(Result("mutable"));
1803       Results.AddResult(Result("virtual"));
1804     }
1805     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
1806 
1807   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1808   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1809   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1810   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1811     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99)
1812       Results.AddResult(Result("inline"));
1813     break;
1814 
1815   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1816   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1817   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1818   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1819   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1820   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1821   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1822   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1823   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1824     break;
1825   }
1826 }
1827 
1828 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1829 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1830 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1831                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1832 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1833                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1834 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1835                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1836 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1837 
1838 static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) {
1839   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1840                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1841   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef");
1842   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1843   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1844   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1845   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1846   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1847   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1848 }
1849 
1850 // using name = type
1851 static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1852                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
1853   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
1854   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1855   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1856   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
1857   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1858   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1859   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1860 }
1861 
1862 static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1863                                const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1864   switch (CCC) {
1865   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1866   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1867   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1868   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1869   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1870   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1871   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1872   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1873   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1874   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1875     return true;
1876 
1877   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1878   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1879     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
1880 
1881   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1882   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1883     return false;
1884 
1885   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1886     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99;
1887   }
1888 
1889   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
1890 }
1891 
1892 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context,
1893                                                   const Preprocessor &PP) {
1894   PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1895   Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false;
1896   Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true;
1897   Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true;
1898   Policy.SuppressScope = true;
1899   return Policy;
1900 }
1901 
1902 /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion.
1903 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) {
1904   return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP);
1905 }
1906 
1907 /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string
1908 /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion.
1909 ///
1910 /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for
1911 /// common type names.
1912 static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context,
1913                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
1914                                            CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) {
1915   if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) {
1916     // Built-in type names are constant strings.
1917     if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T))
1918       return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy);
1919 
1920     // Anonymous tag types are constant strings.
1921     if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
1922       if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl())
1923         if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) {
1924           switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
1925           case TTK_Struct:
1926             return "struct <anonymous>";
1927           case TTK_Interface:
1928             return "__interface <anonymous>";
1929           case TTK_Class:
1930             return "class <anonymous>";
1931           case TTK_Union:
1932             return "union <anonymous>";
1933           case TTK_Enum:
1934             return "enum <anonymous>";
1935           }
1936         }
1937   }
1938 
1939   // Slow path: format the type as a string.
1940   std::string Result;
1941   T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
1942   return Allocator.CopyString(Result);
1943 }
1944 
1945 /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function.
1946 static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) {
1947   QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType();
1948   if (ThisTy.isNull())
1949     return;
1950 
1951   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1952   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1953   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
1954   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
1955       GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator));
1956   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this");
1957   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1958 }
1959 
1960 static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1961                                   ResultBuilder &Results,
1962                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1963   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
1964     return;
1965 
1966   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert");
1967   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1968   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1969   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
1970   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
1971   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1972   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1973   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1974 }
1975 
1976 static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results,
1977                                const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
1978                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
1979   Sema &S = Results.getSema();
1980   const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext);
1981   // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty.
1982   if (!CR)
1983     return;
1984   // First store overrides within current class.
1985   // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step.
1986   llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides;
1987   for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) {
1988     if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
1989       continue;
1990     Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method);
1991   }
1992 
1993   for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) {
1994     const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1995     if (!BR)
1996       continue;
1997     for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) {
1998       if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
1999         continue;
2000       const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName());
2001       bool IsOverriden = false;
2002       if (it != Overrides.end()) {
2003         for (auto *MD : it->second) {
2004           // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual
2005           // function, then it overrides this one.
2006           if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) {
2007             IsOverriden = true;
2008             break;
2009           }
2010         }
2011       }
2012       if (!IsOverriden) {
2013         // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and
2014         // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the
2015         // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk.
2016         std::string OverrideSignature;
2017         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature);
2018         CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0);
2019         PrintingPolicy Policy =
2020             getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor());
2021         auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
2022             S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder,
2023             /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy);
2024         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern));
2025       }
2026     }
2027   }
2028 }
2029 
2030 /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names.
2031 static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S,
2032                                    Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) {
2033   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
2034   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
2035 
2036   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
2037   switch (CCC) {
2038   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
2039     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2040       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2041         // namespace <identifier> { declarations }
2042         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2043         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2044         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2045         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2046         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2047         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2048         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations");
2049         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2050         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2051         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2052       }
2053 
2054       // namespace identifier = identifier ;
2055       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2056       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2057       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2058       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
2059       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace");
2060       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2061       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2062 
2063       // Using directives
2064       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2065       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2066       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2067       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2068       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2069 
2070       // asm(string-literal)
2071       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm");
2072       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2073       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal");
2074       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2075       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2076 
2077       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2078         // Explicit template instantiation
2079         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2080         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2081         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2082         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2083       } else {
2084         Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2085       }
2086     }
2087 
2088     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2089       AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true);
2090 
2091     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2092     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2093 
2094   case Sema::PCC_Class:
2095     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2096       // Using declaration
2097       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
2098       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2099       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2100       Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2101       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2102       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2103       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2104 
2105       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2106         AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2107 
2108       // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context)
2109       if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
2110         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename");
2111         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2112         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2113         Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2114         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2115         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2116         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2117       }
2118 
2119       AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2120 
2121       if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) {
2122         AddTypedefResult(Results);
2123 
2124         bool IsNotInheritanceScope =
2125             !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope);
2126         // public:
2127         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public");
2128         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2129           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2130         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2131 
2132         // protected:
2133         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected");
2134         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2135           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2136         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2137 
2138         // private:
2139         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private");
2140         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2141           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2142         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2143 
2144         // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of
2145         // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have
2146         // more use-cases.
2147         AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion,
2148                            Builder);
2149       }
2150     }
2151     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2152 
2153   case Sema::PCC_Template:
2154   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
2155     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2156       // template < parameters >
2157       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2158       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2159       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters");
2160       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2161       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2162     } else {
2163       Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2164     }
2165 
2166     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2167     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2168     break;
2169 
2170   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
2171     AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2172     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2173     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2174     break;
2175 
2176   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
2177     AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2178     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2179     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2180     break;
2181 
2182   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
2183     AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2184     break;
2185 
2186   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
2187   case Sema::PCC_Statement: {
2188     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2189       AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2190 
2191     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2192 
2193     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() &&
2194         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2195       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try");
2196       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2197       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2198       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2199       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2200       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2201       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2202       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2203       Builder.AddTextChunk("catch");
2204       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2205       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2206       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2207       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2208       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2209       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2210       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2211       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2212       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2213       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2214       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2215     }
2216     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2217       AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true);
2218 
2219     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2220       // if (condition) { statements }
2221       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
2222       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2223       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2224       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2225         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2226       else
2227         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2228       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2229       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2230       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2231       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2232       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2233       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2234       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2235       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2236 
2237       // switch (condition) { }
2238       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch");
2239       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2240       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2241       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2242         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2243       else
2244         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2245       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2246       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2247       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2248       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2249       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases");
2250       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2251       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2252       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2253     }
2254 
2255     // Switch-specific statements.
2256     if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() &&
2257         !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
2258       // case expression:
2259       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case");
2260       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2261       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2262       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2263       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2264 
2265       // default:
2266       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default");
2267       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2268       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2269     }
2270 
2271     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2272       /// while (condition) { statements }
2273       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while");
2274       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2275       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2276       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2277         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2278       else
2279         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2280       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2281       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2282       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2283       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2284       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2285       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2286       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2287       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2288 
2289       // do { statements } while ( expression );
2290       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do");
2291       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2292       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2293       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2294       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2295       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2296       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2297       Builder.AddTextChunk("while");
2298       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2299       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2300       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2301       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2302       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2303 
2304       // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements }
2305       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2306       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2307       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2308       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
2309         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement");
2310       else
2311         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression");
2312       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2313       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2314       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2315       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2316       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2317       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression");
2318       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2319       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2320       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2321       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2322       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2323       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2324       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2325       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2326 
2327       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2328         // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements }
2329         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2330         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2331         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2332         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration");
2333         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2334         if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2335           Builder.AddTextChunk("in");
2336         else
2337           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2338         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2339         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression");
2340         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2341         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2342         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2343         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2344         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2345         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2346         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2347         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2348       }
2349     }
2350 
2351     if (S->getContinueParent()) {
2352       // continue ;
2353       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue");
2354       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2355       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2356     }
2357 
2358     if (S->getBreakParent()) {
2359       // break ;
2360       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break");
2361       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2362       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2363     }
2364 
2365     // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type.
2366     QualType ReturnType;
2367     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2368       ReturnType = Function->getReturnType();
2369     else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2370       ReturnType = Method->getReturnType();
2371     else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() &&
2372              !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull())
2373       ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;;
2374     if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
2375       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2376       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2377       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2378     } else {
2379       assert(!ReturnType.isNull());
2380       // "return expression ;"
2381       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2382       Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2383       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2384       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2385       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2386       // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'.
2387       if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) {
2388         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true");
2389         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2390         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2391 
2392         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false");
2393         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2394         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2395       }
2396       // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++.
2397       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2398           (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) {
2399         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr");
2400         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2401         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2402       }
2403     }
2404 
2405     // goto identifier ;
2406     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto");
2407     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2408     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label");
2409     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2410     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2411 
2412     // Using directives
2413     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2414     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2415     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2416     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2417     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2418 
2419     AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2420   }
2421     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2422 
2423   // Fall through (for statement expressions).
2424   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
2425   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
2426     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2427     // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions.
2428     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2429 
2430   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
2431     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
2432         CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) {
2433       // (__bridge <type>)<expression>
2434       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge");
2435       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2436       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2437       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2438       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2439       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2440 
2441       // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression>
2442       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer");
2443       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2444       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type");
2445       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2446       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2447       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2448 
2449       // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression>
2450       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained");
2451       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2452       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type");
2453       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2454       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2455       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2456     }
2457     // Fall through
2458     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2459 
2460   case Sema::PCC_Expression: {
2461     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2462       // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function.
2463       addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results);
2464 
2465       // true
2466       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2467       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true");
2468       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2469 
2470       // false
2471       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2472       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false");
2473       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2474 
2475       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2476         // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2477         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast");
2478         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2479         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2480         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2481         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2482         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2483         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2484         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2485       }
2486 
2487       // static_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2488       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast");
2489       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2490       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2491       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2492       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2493       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2494       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2495       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2496 
2497       // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2498       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast");
2499       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2500       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2501       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2502       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2503       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2504       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2505       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2506 
2507       // const_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2508       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast");
2509       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2510       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2511       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2512       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2513       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2514       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2515       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2516 
2517       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2518         // typeid ( expression-or-type )
2519         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info");
2520         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid");
2521         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2522         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2523         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2524         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2525       }
2526 
2527       // new T ( ... )
2528       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2529       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2530       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2531       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2532       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2533       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2534       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2535 
2536       // new T [ ] ( ... )
2537       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2538       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2539       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2540       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2541       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size");
2542       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2543       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2544       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2545       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2546       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2547 
2548       // delete expression
2549       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2550       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2551       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2552       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2553       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2554 
2555       // delete [] expression
2556       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2557       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2558       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2559       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2560       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2561       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2562       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2563       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2564 
2565       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2566         // throw expression
2567         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2568         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw");
2569         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2570         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2571         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2572       }
2573 
2574       // FIXME: Rethrow?
2575 
2576       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2577         // nullptr
2578         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t");
2579         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr");
2580         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2581 
2582         // alignof
2583         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2584         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2585         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2586         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2587         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2588         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2589 
2590         // noexcept
2591         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2592         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept");
2593         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2594         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2595         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2596         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2597 
2598         // sizeof... expression
2599         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2600         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof...");
2601         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2602         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack");
2603         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2604         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2605       }
2606     }
2607 
2608     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2609       // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass.
2610       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
2611         // The interface can be NULL.
2612         if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface())
2613           if (ID->getSuperClass()) {
2614             std::string SuperType;
2615             SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString();
2616             if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
2617               SuperType += " *";
2618 
2619             Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType));
2620             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
2621             Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2622           }
2623       }
2624 
2625       AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true);
2626     }
2627 
2628     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
2629       // _Alignof
2630       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2631       if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof"))
2632         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2633       else
2634         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof");
2635       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2636       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2637       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2638       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2639     }
2640 
2641     // sizeof expression
2642     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2643     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof");
2644     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2645     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2646     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2647     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2648     break;
2649   }
2650 
2651   case Sema::PCC_Type:
2652   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
2653     break;
2654   }
2655 
2656   if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
2657     AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2658 
2659   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type)
2660     Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
2661 }
2662 
2663 /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result
2664 /// type chunk.
2665 static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context,
2666                                const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
2667                                const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType,
2668                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2669   if (!ND)
2670     return;
2671 
2672   // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types
2673   // built into their names.
2674   if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND))
2675     return;
2676 
2677   // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type).
2678   QualType T;
2679   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
2680     T = Function->getReturnType();
2681   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
2682     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2683       T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType);
2684     else
2685       T = Method->getReturnType();
2686   } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) {
2687     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
2688     T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context);
2689   } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) {
2690     /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/
2691   } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
2692     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2693       T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType);
2694     else
2695       T = Ivar->getType();
2696   } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
2697     T = Value->getType();
2698   } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) {
2699     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2700       T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType);
2701     else
2702       T = Property->getType();
2703   }
2704 
2705   if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy))
2706     return;
2707 
2708   Result.AddResultTypeChunk(
2709       GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator()));
2710 }
2711 
2712 static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP,
2713                              const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod,
2714                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2715   if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>())
2716     if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) {
2717       if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
2718         Result.AddTextChunk(", nil");
2719       else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
2720         Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL");
2721       else
2722         Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0");
2723     }
2724 }
2725 
2726 static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals,
2727                                              QualType &Type) {
2728   std::string Result;
2729   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
2730     Result += "in ";
2731   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
2732     Result += "inout ";
2733   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
2734     Result += "out ";
2735   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
2736     Result += "bycopy ";
2737   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
2738     Result += "byref ";
2739   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
2740     Result += "oneway ";
2741   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) {
2742     if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) {
2743       switch (*nullability) {
2744       case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
2745         Result += "nonnull ";
2746         break;
2747 
2748       case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
2749         Result += "nullable ";
2750         break;
2751 
2752       case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
2753         Result += "null_unspecified ";
2754         break;
2755 
2756       case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
2757         llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!");
2758         break;
2759       }
2760     }
2761   }
2762   return Result;
2763 }
2764 
2765 /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C
2766 /// block placeholder.
2767 ///
2768 /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to
2769 /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion
2770 /// results.
2771 static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2772                                          FunctionTypeLoc &Block,
2773                                          FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2774                                          bool SuppressBlock = false) {
2775   if (!TSInfo)
2776     return;
2777   TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2778   while (true) {
2779     // Look through typedefs.
2780     if (!SuppressBlock) {
2781       if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
2782         if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo =
2783                 TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
2784           TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2785           continue;
2786         }
2787       }
2788 
2789       // Look through qualified types
2790       if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) {
2791         TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
2792         continue;
2793       }
2794 
2795       if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
2796         TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc();
2797         continue;
2798       }
2799     }
2800 
2801     // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type,
2802     // then we're done.
2803     if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) {
2804       TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens();
2805       Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
2806       BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>();
2807     }
2808     break;
2809   }
2810 }
2811 
2812 static std::string
2813 formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2814                        FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2815                        bool SuppressBlockName = false,
2816                        bool SuppressBlock = false,
2817                        Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None);
2818 
2819 static std::string
2820 FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
2821                         const DeclaratorDecl *Param, bool SuppressName = false,
2822                         bool SuppressBlock = false,
2823                         Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) {
2824   // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid.
2825   // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually available.
2826   // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere.
2827   if (!Param)
2828     return "int";
2829   Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier ObjCQual = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None;
2830   if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Param))
2831     ObjCQual = PVD->getObjCDeclQualifier();
2832   bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext());
2833   if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2834       !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2835     // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder
2836     // containing that parameter's type.
2837     std::string Result;
2838 
2839     if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName)
2840       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName());
2841 
2842     QualType Type = Param->getType();
2843     if (ObjCSubsts)
2844       Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2845                                     ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
2846     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2847       Result = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2848       Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
2849       if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName)
2850         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
2851     } else {
2852       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2853     }
2854     return Result;
2855   }
2856 
2857   // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with
2858   // the appropriate type.
2859   FunctionTypeLoc Block;
2860   FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto;
2861   findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2862                                SuppressBlock);
2863   // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a
2864   // parameter in a setter.
2865   if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam &&
2866       cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) {
2867     if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())
2868                              ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false))
2869       findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2870                                    SuppressBlock);
2871   }
2872 
2873   if (!Block) {
2874     // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names
2875     // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder.
2876     std::string Result;
2877     if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier())
2878       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName());
2879 
2880     QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
2881 
2882     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2883       Result = Type.getAsString(Policy);
2884       std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2885       if (!Quals.empty())
2886         Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")";
2887       if (Result.back() != ')')
2888         Result += " ";
2889       if (Param->getIdentifier())
2890         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
2891     } else {
2892       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2893     }
2894 
2895     return Result;
2896   }
2897 
2898   // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was
2899   // written in the source.
2900   return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto,
2901                                 /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock,
2902                                 ObjCSubsts);
2903 }
2904 
2905 /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block
2906 /// declaration.
2907 ///
2908 /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type.
2909 ///
2910 /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type.
2911 ///
2912 /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block
2913 /// declaration is included in the resulting string.
2914 static std::string
2915 formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2916                        FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2917                        bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock,
2918                        Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) {
2919   std::string Result;
2920   QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType();
2921   if (ObjCSubsts)
2922     ResultType =
2923         ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2924                                      ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result);
2925   if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock)
2926     ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2927 
2928   // Format the parameter list.
2929   std::string Params;
2930   if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) {
2931     if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2932       Params = "(...)";
2933     else
2934       Params = "(void)";
2935   } else {
2936     Params += "(";
2937     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
2938       if (I)
2939         Params += ", ";
2940       Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I),
2941                                         /*SuppressName=*/false,
2942                                         /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts);
2943 
2944       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2945         Params += ", ...";
2946     }
2947     Params += ")";
2948   }
2949 
2950   if (SuppressBlock) {
2951     // Format as a parameter.
2952     Result = Result + " (^";
2953     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
2954       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
2955     Result += ")";
2956     Result += Params;
2957   } else {
2958     // Format as a block literal argument.
2959     Result = '^' + Result;
2960     Result += Params;
2961 
2962     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
2963       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
2964   }
2965 
2966   return Result;
2967 }
2968 
2969 static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param,
2970                                          const SourceManager &SM,
2971                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
2972   const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange();
2973   CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange);
2974   bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid();
2975   if (Invalid)
2976     return "";
2977   StringRef srcText =
2978       Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid);
2979   if (Invalid)
2980     return "";
2981 
2982   if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") {
2983     // Lexer can't determine the value.
2984     // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward
2985     // declared).
2986     return "";
2987   }
2988   std::string DefValue(srcText.str());
2989   // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and
2990   // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it
2991   if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') {
2992     // If we don't have '=' in front of value.
2993     // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types
2994     // values with it.
2995     return " = " + DefValue;
2996   }
2997   return " " + DefValue;
2998 }
2999 
3000 /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3001 static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP,
3002                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3003                                        const FunctionDecl *Function,
3004                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3005                                        unsigned Start = 0,
3006                                        bool InOptional = false) {
3007   bool FirstParameter = true;
3008 
3009   for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) {
3010     const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
3011 
3012     if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3013       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3014       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3015       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3016                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3017       if (!FirstParameter)
3018         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3019       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true);
3020       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3021       break;
3022     }
3023 
3024     if (FirstParameter)
3025       FirstParameter = false;
3026     else
3027       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3028 
3029     InOptional = false;
3030 
3031     // Format the placeholder string.
3032     std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3033     if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3034       PlaceholderStr +=
3035           GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts());
3036 
3037     if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1)
3038       PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
3039 
3040     // Add the placeholder string.
3041     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3042         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3043   }
3044 
3045   if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
3046     if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
3047       if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0)
3048         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3049 
3050       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result);
3051     }
3052 }
3053 
3054 /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3055 static void AddTemplateParameterChunks(
3056     ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3057     const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3058     unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) {
3059   bool FirstParameter = true;
3060 
3061   // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of
3062   // the template.
3063   Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl());
3064 
3065   TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters();
3066   TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end();
3067   if (MaxParameters)
3068     PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters;
3069   for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd;
3070        ++P) {
3071     bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3072     std::string PlaceholderStr;
3073     if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
3074       if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename())
3075         PlaceholderStr = "typename";
3076       else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) {
3077         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr);
3078         TC->print(OS, Policy);
3079         OS.flush();
3080       } else
3081         PlaceholderStr = "class";
3082 
3083       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3084         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3085         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName();
3086       }
3087 
3088       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3089     } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3090                    dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
3091       if (NTTP->getIdentifier())
3092         PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName());
3093       NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy);
3094       HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3095     } else {
3096       assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P));
3097       TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
3098 
3099       // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would
3100       // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation.
3101       PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class";
3102       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3103         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3104         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName();
3105       }
3106 
3107       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3108     }
3109 
3110     if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) {
3111       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3112       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3113       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3114                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3115       if (!FirstParameter)
3116         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3117       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters,
3118                                  P - Params->begin(), true);
3119       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3120       break;
3121     }
3122 
3123     InDefaultArg = false;
3124 
3125     if (FirstParameter)
3126       FirstParameter = false;
3127     else
3128       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3129 
3130     // Add the placeholder string.
3131     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3132         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3133   }
3134 }
3135 
3136 /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the
3137 /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL.
3138 static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3139                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3140                                            bool QualifierIsInformative,
3141                                            ASTContext &Context,
3142                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3143   if (!Qualifier)
3144     return;
3145 
3146   std::string PrintedNNS;
3147   {
3148     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS);
3149     Qualifier->print(OS, Policy);
3150   }
3151   if (QualifierIsInformative)
3152     Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3153   else
3154     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3155 }
3156 
3157 static void
3158 AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3159                                        const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3160   const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3161   if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals())
3162     return;
3163 
3164   // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier!
3165 
3166   // Handle single qualifiers without copying
3167   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) {
3168     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const");
3169     return;
3170   }
3171 
3172   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) {
3173     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile");
3174     return;
3175   }
3176 
3177   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) {
3178     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict");
3179     return;
3180   }
3181 
3182   // Handle multiple qualifiers.
3183   std::string QualsStr;
3184   if (Proto->isConst())
3185     QualsStr += " const";
3186   if (Proto->isVolatile())
3187     QualsStr += " volatile";
3188   if (Proto->isRestrict())
3189     QualsStr += " restrict";
3190   Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr));
3191 }
3192 
3193 /// Add the name of the given declaration
3194 static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3195                               const NamedDecl *ND,
3196                               CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
3197   DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName();
3198   if (!Name)
3199     return;
3200 
3201   switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
3202   case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: {
3203     const char *OperatorName = nullptr;
3204     switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
3205     case OO_None:
3206     case OO_Conditional:
3207     case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3208       OperatorName = "operator";
3209       break;
3210 
3211 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
3212   case OO_##Name:                                                              \
3213     OperatorName = "operator" Spelling;                                        \
3214     break;
3215 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)
3216 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
3217 
3218     case OO_New:
3219       OperatorName = "operator new";
3220       break;
3221     case OO_Delete:
3222       OperatorName = "operator delete";
3223       break;
3224     case OO_Array_New:
3225       OperatorName = "operator new[]";
3226       break;
3227     case OO_Array_Delete:
3228       OperatorName = "operator delete[]";
3229       break;
3230     case OO_Call:
3231       OperatorName = "operator()";
3232       break;
3233     case OO_Subscript:
3234       OperatorName = "operator[]";
3235       break;
3236     }
3237     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName);
3238     break;
3239   }
3240 
3241   case DeclarationName::Identifier:
3242   case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
3243   case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
3244   case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
3245     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3246         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3247     break;
3248 
3249   case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
3250   case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
3251   case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
3252   case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
3253   case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
3254     break;
3255 
3256   case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: {
3257     CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3258     QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType();
3259     if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>())
3260       Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
3261     else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>())
3262       Record = InjectedTy->getDecl();
3263     else {
3264       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3265           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3266       break;
3267     }
3268 
3269     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3270         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString()));
3271     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) {
3272       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3273       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result);
3274       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3275     }
3276     break;
3277   }
3278   }
3279 }
3280 
3281 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3282     Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3283     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3284     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3285   return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator,
3286                                     CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments);
3287 }
3288 
3289 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(
3290     Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3291     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) {
3292   assert(Kind == RK_Macro);
3293   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3294   const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro);
3295   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName()));
3296 
3297   if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike())
3298     return Result.TakeString();
3299 
3300   // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments.
3301   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3302   MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end();
3303 
3304   // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it.
3305   if (MI->isC99Varargs()) {
3306     --AEnd;
3307 
3308     if (A == AEnd) {
3309       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3310     }
3311   }
3312 
3313   for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) {
3314     if (A != MI->param_begin())
3315       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3316 
3317     if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) {
3318       SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName();
3319       if (MI->isC99Varargs())
3320         Arg += ", ...";
3321       else
3322         Arg += "...";
3323       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3324       break;
3325     }
3326 
3327     // Non-variadic macros are simple.
3328     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3329         Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName()));
3330   }
3331   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3332   return Result.TakeString();
3333 }
3334 
3335 /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given
3336 /// result.
3337 ///
3338 /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing
3339 /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the
3340 /// result is all that is needed.
3341 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3342     ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3343     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3344     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3345   if (Kind == RK_Macro)
3346     return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo);
3347 
3348   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3349 
3350   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP);
3351   if (Kind == RK_Pattern) {
3352     Pattern->Priority = Priority;
3353     Pattern->Availability = Availability;
3354 
3355     if (Declaration) {
3356       Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext());
3357       Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName();
3358       if (const RawComment *RC =
3359               getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3360         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3361         Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment();
3362       }
3363     }
3364 
3365     return Pattern;
3366   }
3367 
3368   if (Kind == RK_Keyword) {
3369     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword);
3370     return Result.TakeString();
3371   }
3372   assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?");
3373   return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3374       PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy);
3375 }
3376 
3377 static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS,
3378                                 std::string &BeforeName,
3379                                 std::string &NameAndSignature) {
3380   bool SeenTypedChunk = false;
3381   for (auto &Chunk : CCS) {
3382     if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) {
3383       assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name");
3384       // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature.
3385       printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature);
3386       continue;
3387     }
3388     SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText;
3389     if (SeenTypedChunk)
3390       NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text;
3391     else
3392       BeforeName += Chunk.Text;
3393   }
3394 }
3395 
3396 CodeCompletionString *
3397 CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
3398     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3399     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3400     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3401   auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result,
3402                                                 /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false,
3403                                                 CCContext, Policy);
3404   std::string BeforeName;
3405   std::string NameAndSignature;
3406   // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative.
3407   printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature);
3408   NameAndSignature += " override";
3409 
3410   Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName));
3411   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3412   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature));
3413   return Result.TakeString();
3414 }
3415 
3416 // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor
3417 // types like std::function.
3418 static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) {
3419   const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
3420   if (!VD)
3421     return nullptr;
3422   const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
3423   if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda())
3424     return nullptr;
3425   return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator();
3426 }
3427 
3428 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3429     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3430     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3431     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3432   const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration;
3433   Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext());
3434 
3435   if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3436     // Add documentation comment, if it exists.
3437     if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3438       Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3439     }
3440   }
3441 
3442   if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
3443     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3444         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3445     Result.AddTextChunk("::");
3446     return Result.TakeString();
3447   }
3448 
3449   for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>())
3450     Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation()));
3451 
3452   auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3453     AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3454     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3455                                    Ctx, Policy);
3456     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result);
3457     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3458     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3459     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3460     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3461   };
3462 
3463   if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
3464     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function);
3465     return Result.TakeString();
3466   }
3467 
3468   if (const auto *CallOperator =
3469           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) {
3470     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator);
3471     return Result.TakeString();
3472   }
3473 
3474   AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3475 
3476   if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
3477           dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3478     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3479                                    Ctx, Policy);
3480     FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
3481     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result);
3482 
3483     // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default
3484     // arguments).
3485     llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced;
3486     Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced);
3487     unsigned LastDeducibleArgument;
3488     for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0;
3489          --LastDeducibleArgument) {
3490       if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) {
3491         // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so,
3492         // the user doesn't need to type this argument.
3493         // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better!
3494         bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3495         NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(
3496             LastDeducibleArgument - 1);
3497         if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
3498           HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3499         else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3500                      dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
3501           HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3502         else {
3503           assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param));
3504           HasDefaultArg =
3505               cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument();
3506         }
3507 
3508         if (!HasDefaultArg)
3509           break;
3510       }
3511     }
3512 
3513     if (LastDeducibleArgument) {
3514       // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a
3515       // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list
3516       // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument.
3517       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3518       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result,
3519                                  LastDeducibleArgument);
3520       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3521     }
3522 
3523     // Add the function parameters
3524     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3525     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3526     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3527     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3528     return Result.TakeString();
3529   }
3530 
3531   if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3532     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3533                                    Ctx, Policy);
3534     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3535         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString()));
3536     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3537     AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result);
3538     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3539     return Result.TakeString();
3540   }
3541 
3542   if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
3543     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
3544     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
3545       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3546           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
3547       return Result.TakeString();
3548     }
3549 
3550     std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str();
3551     SelName += ':';
3552     if (StartParameter == 0)
3553       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3554     else {
3555       Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3556 
3557       // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty
3558       // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type.
3559       if (Method->param_size() == 1)
3560         Result.AddTypedTextChunk("");
3561     }
3562     unsigned Idx = 0;
3563     // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style
3564     // method parameters.
3565     for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
3566                                               PEnd = Method->param_end();
3567          P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) {
3568       if (Idx > 0) {
3569         std::string Keyword;
3570         if (Idx > StartParameter)
3571           Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3572         if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx))
3573           Keyword += II->getName();
3574         Keyword += ":";
3575         if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative)
3576           Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3577         else
3578           Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3579       }
3580 
3581       // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder.
3582       if (Idx < StartParameter)
3583         continue;
3584 
3585       std::string Arg;
3586       QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType();
3587       Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts;
3588       if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull())
3589         ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method);
3590 
3591       if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity)
3592         Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true,
3593                                       /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts);
3594       else {
3595         if (ObjCSubsts)
3596           ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
3597               Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
3598         Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
3599                                               ParamType);
3600         Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
3601         if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier())
3602           if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative)
3603             Arg += II->getName();
3604       }
3605 
3606       if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd)
3607         Arg += ", ...";
3608 
3609       if (DeclaringEntity)
3610         Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3611       else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3612         Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3613       else
3614         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3615     }
3616 
3617     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
3618       if (Method->param_size() == 0) {
3619         if (DeclaringEntity)
3620           Result.AddTextChunk(", ...");
3621         else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3622           Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ...");
3623         else
3624           Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ...");
3625       }
3626 
3627       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result);
3628     }
3629 
3630     return Result.TakeString();
3631   }
3632 
3633   if (Qualifier)
3634     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3635                                    Ctx, Policy);
3636 
3637   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3638       Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3639   return Result.TakeString();
3640 }
3641 
3642 const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3643                                               const NamedDecl *ND) {
3644   if (!ND)
3645     return nullptr;
3646   if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND))
3647     return RC;
3648 
3649   // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods.
3650   const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3651   if (!M)
3652     return nullptr;
3653   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3654   if (!PDecl)
3655     return nullptr;
3656 
3657   return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl);
3658 }
3659 
3660 const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3661                                                      const NamedDecl *ND) {
3662   const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3663   if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor())
3664     return nullptr;
3665 
3666   // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where
3667   // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name
3668   // different from the property name (declared via a property
3669   // getter attribute.
3670   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3671   if (!PDecl)
3672     return nullptr;
3673   if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() &&
3674       PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) {
3675     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M))
3676       return RC;
3677     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl))
3678       return RC;
3679   }
3680   return nullptr;
3681 }
3682 
3683 const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment(
3684     const ASTContext &Ctx,
3685     const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3686   auto FDecl = Result.getFunction();
3687   if (!FDecl)
3688     return nullptr;
3689   if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams())
3690     return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex));
3691   return nullptr;
3692 }
3693 
3694 static void AddOverloadAggregateChunks(const RecordDecl *RD,
3695                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3696                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3697                                        unsigned CurrentArg) {
3698   unsigned ChunkIndex = 0;
3699   auto AddChunk = [&](llvm::StringRef Placeholder) {
3700     if (ChunkIndex > 0)
3701       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3702     const char *Copy = Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder);
3703     if (ChunkIndex == CurrentArg)
3704       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(Copy);
3705     else
3706       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Copy);
3707     ++ChunkIndex;
3708   };
3709   // Aggregate initialization has all bases followed by all fields.
3710   // (Bases are not legal in C++11 but in that case we never get here).
3711   if (auto *CRD = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3712     for (const auto &Base : CRD->bases())
3713       AddChunk(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
3714   }
3715   for (const auto &Field : RD->fields())
3716     AddChunk(FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Field));
3717 }
3718 
3719 /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion
3720 /// string.
3721 static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context,
3722                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3723                                        const FunctionDecl *Function,
3724                                        const FunctionProtoType *Prototype,
3725                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3726                                        unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0,
3727                                        bool InOptional = false) {
3728   if (!Function && !Prototype) {
3729     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "...");
3730     return;
3731   }
3732 
3733   bool FirstParameter = true;
3734   unsigned NumParams =
3735       Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams();
3736 
3737   for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) {
3738     if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3739       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3740       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3741       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3742                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3743       if (!FirstParameter)
3744         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3745       // Optional sections are nested.
3746       AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt,
3747                                  CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true);
3748       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3749       return;
3750     }
3751 
3752     if (FirstParameter)
3753       FirstParameter = false;
3754     else
3755       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3756 
3757     InOptional = false;
3758 
3759     // Format the placeholder string.
3760     std::string Placeholder;
3761     if (Function) {
3762       const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
3763       Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3764       if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3765         Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(),
3766                                              Context.getLangOpts());
3767     } else {
3768       Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy);
3769     }
3770 
3771     if (P == CurrentArg)
3772       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(
3773           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3774     else
3775       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3776   }
3777 
3778   if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) {
3779     CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3780                               Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3781     if (!FirstParameter)
3782       Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3783 
3784     if (CurrentArg < NumParams)
3785       Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3786     else
3787       Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("...");
3788 
3789     Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3790   }
3791 }
3792 
3793 static std::string
3794 formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(const NamedDecl *Param, bool &Optional,
3795                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3796   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) {
3797     Optional = Type->hasDefaultArgument();
3798   } else if (const auto *NonType = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3799     Optional = NonType->hasDefaultArgument();
3800   } else if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3801     Optional = Template->hasDefaultArgument();
3802   }
3803   std::string Result;
3804   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Result);
3805   Param->print(OS, Policy);
3806   return Result;
3807 }
3808 
3809 static std::string templateResultType(const TemplateDecl *TD,
3810                                       const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3811   if (const auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
3812     return CTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getKindName().str();
3813   if (const auto *VTD = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
3814     return VTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getType().getAsString(Policy);
3815   if (const auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3816     return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy);
3817   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
3818     return "type";
3819   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
3820     return "class";
3821   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
3822     return "concept";
3823   return "";
3824 }
3825 
3826 static CodeCompletionString *createTemplateSignatureString(
3827     const TemplateDecl *TD, CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, unsigned CurrentArg,
3828     const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3829   llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params = TD->getTemplateParameters()->asArray();
3830   CodeCompletionBuilder OptionalBuilder(Builder.getAllocator(),
3831                                         Builder.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3832   std::string ResultType = templateResultType(TD, Policy);
3833   if (!ResultType.empty())
3834     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(ResultType));
3835   Builder.AddTextChunk(
3836       Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(TD->getNameAsString()));
3837   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3838   // Initially we're writing into the main string. Once we see an optional arg
3839   // (with default), we're writing into the nested optional chunk.
3840   CodeCompletionBuilder *Current = &Builder;
3841   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Params.size(); ++I) {
3842     bool Optional = false;
3843     std::string Placeholder =
3844         formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(Params[I], Optional, Policy);
3845     if (Optional)
3846       Current = &OptionalBuilder;
3847     if (I > 0)
3848       Current->AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3849     Current->AddChunk(I == CurrentArg
3850                           ? CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter
3851                           : CodeCompletionString::CK_Placeholder,
3852                       Current->getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3853   }
3854   // Add the optional chunk to the main string if we ever used it.
3855   if (Current == &OptionalBuilder)
3856     Builder.AddOptionalChunk(OptionalBuilder.TakeString());
3857   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3858   // For function templates, ResultType was the function's return type.
3859   // Give some clue this is a function. (Don't show the possibly-bulky params).
3860   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3861     Builder.AddInformativeChunk("()");
3862   return Builder.TakeString();
3863 }
3864 
3865 CodeCompletionString *
3866 CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString(
3867     unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3868     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments,
3869     bool Braced) const {
3870   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
3871   // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared:
3872   //   vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n)
3873   // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases.
3874   Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true;
3875 
3876   // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately.
3877   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1,
3878                                CXAvailability_Available);
3879 
3880   if (getKind() == CK_Template)
3881     return createTemplateSignatureString(getTemplate(), Result, CurrentArg,
3882                                          Policy);
3883 
3884   FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction();
3885   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
3886       dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType());
3887 
3888   // First, the name/type of the callee.
3889   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate) {
3890     Result.AddTextChunk(
3891         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(getAggregate()->getName()));
3892   } else if (FDecl) {
3893     if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3894       if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg))
3895         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext()));
3896     }
3897     AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result);
3898 
3899     std::string Name;
3900     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name);
3901     FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy);
3902     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
3903   } else {
3904     // Function without a declaration. Just give the return type.
3905     Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(
3906         getFunctionType()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy)));
3907   }
3908 
3909   // Next, the brackets and parameters.
3910   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace
3911                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3912   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate)
3913     AddOverloadAggregateChunks(getAggregate(), Policy, Result, CurrentArg);
3914   else
3915     AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result,
3916                                CurrentArg);
3917   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace
3918                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3919 
3920   return Result.TakeString();
3921 }
3922 
3923 unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName,
3924                                       const LangOptions &LangOpts,
3925                                       bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) {
3926   unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro;
3927 
3928   // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants.
3929   if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") ||
3930       MacroName.equals("Nil")) {
3931     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3932     if (PreferredTypeIsPointer)
3933       Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
3934   }
3935   // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants.
3936   else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") ||
3937            MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false"))
3938     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3939   // Treat "bool" as a type.
3940   else if (MacroName.equals("bool"))
3941     Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0);
3942 
3943   return Priority;
3944 }
3945 
3946 CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) {
3947   if (!D)
3948     return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
3949 
3950   switch (D->getKind()) {
3951   case Decl::Enum:
3952     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
3953   case Decl::EnumConstant:
3954     return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl;
3955   case Decl::Field:
3956     return CXCursor_FieldDecl;
3957   case Decl::Function:
3958     return CXCursor_FunctionDecl;
3959   case Decl::ObjCCategory:
3960     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl;
3961   case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
3962     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
3963   case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
3964     return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl;
3965 
3966   case Decl::ObjCInterface:
3967     return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl;
3968   case Decl::ObjCIvar:
3969     return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl;
3970   case Decl::ObjCMethod:
3971     return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod()
3972                ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
3973                : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl;
3974   case Decl::CXXMethod:
3975     return CXCursor_CXXMethod;
3976   case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3977     return CXCursor_Constructor;
3978   case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3979     return CXCursor_Destructor;
3980   case Decl::CXXConversion:
3981     return CXCursor_ConversionFunction;
3982   case Decl::ObjCProperty:
3983     return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl;
3984   case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
3985     return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl;
3986   case Decl::ParmVar:
3987     return CXCursor_ParmDecl;
3988   case Decl::Typedef:
3989     return CXCursor_TypedefDecl;
3990   case Decl::TypeAlias:
3991     return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl;
3992   case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
3993     return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl;
3994   case Decl::Var:
3995     return CXCursor_VarDecl;
3996   case Decl::Namespace:
3997     return CXCursor_Namespace;
3998   case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
3999     return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias;
4000   case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
4001     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4002   case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
4003     return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter;
4004   case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
4005     return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter;
4006   case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
4007     return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate;
4008   case Decl::ClassTemplate:
4009     return CXCursor_ClassTemplate;
4010   case Decl::AccessSpec:
4011     return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier;
4012   case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
4013     return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization;
4014   case Decl::UsingDirective:
4015     return CXCursor_UsingDirective;
4016   case Decl::StaticAssert:
4017     return CXCursor_StaticAssert;
4018   case Decl::Friend:
4019     return CXCursor_FriendDecl;
4020   case Decl::TranslationUnit:
4021     return CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
4022 
4023   case Decl::Using:
4024   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
4025   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
4026     return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration;
4027 
4028   case Decl::UsingEnum:
4029     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4030 
4031   case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
4032     switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) {
4033     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic:
4034       return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl;
4035 
4036     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize:
4037       return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl;
4038     }
4039     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!");
4040 
4041   case Decl::Import:
4042     return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl;
4043 
4044   case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
4045     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4046 
4047   default:
4048     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
4049       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
4050       case TTK_Interface: // fall through
4051       case TTK_Struct:
4052         return CXCursor_StructDecl;
4053       case TTK_Class:
4054         return CXCursor_ClassDecl;
4055       case TTK_Union:
4056         return CXCursor_UnionDecl;
4057       case TTK_Enum:
4058         return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4059       }
4060     }
4061   }
4062 
4063   return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
4064 }
4065 
4066 static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results,
4067                             bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined,
4068                             bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) {
4069   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4070 
4071   Results.EnterNewScope();
4072 
4073   for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal),
4074                                     MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal);
4075        M != MEnd; ++M) {
4076     auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first);
4077     if (IncludeUndefined || MD) {
4078       MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo();
4079       if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard())
4080         continue;
4081 
4082       Results.AddResult(
4083           Result(M->first, MI,
4084                  getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(),
4085                                        TargetTypeIsPointer)));
4086     }
4087   }
4088 
4089   Results.ExitScope();
4090 }
4091 
4092 static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
4093                                      ResultBuilder &Results) {
4094   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4095 
4096   Results.EnterNewScope();
4097 
4098   Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4099   Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4100   if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
4101     Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant));
4102   Results.ExitScope();
4103 }
4104 
4105 static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S,
4106                                       CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter,
4107                                       CodeCompletionContext Context,
4108                                       CodeCompletionResult *Results,
4109                                       unsigned NumResults) {
4110   if (CodeCompleter)
4111     CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults);
4112 }
4113 
4114 static CodeCompletionContext
4115 mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) {
4116   switch (PCC) {
4117   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
4118     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4119 
4120   case Sema::PCC_Class:
4121     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4122 
4123   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
4124     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface;
4125 
4126   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4127     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation;
4128 
4129   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4130     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList;
4131 
4132   case Sema::PCC_Template:
4133   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
4134     if (S.CurContext->isFileContext())
4135       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4136     if (S.CurContext->isRecord())
4137       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4138     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
4139 
4140   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4141     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery;
4142 
4143   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
4144     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 ||
4145         S.getLangOpts().ObjC)
4146       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4147     else
4148       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4149 
4150   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
4151     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4152   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
4153     return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4154                                  S.getASTContext().BoolTy);
4155 
4156   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
4157     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement;
4158 
4159   case Sema::PCC_Type:
4160     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4161 
4162   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4163     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4164 
4165   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4166     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4167   }
4168 
4169   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
4170 }
4171 
4172 /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results
4173 /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the
4174 /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality.
4175 ///
4176 /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results.
4177 ///
4178 /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding
4179 /// the code-completion point
4180 static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext,
4181                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
4182   // Look through blocks.
4183   DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext;
4184   while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext))
4185     CurContext = CurContext->getParent();
4186 
4187   CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
4188   if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual())
4189     return;
4190 
4191   // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to
4192   // generate a forwarding call.
4193   for (auto P : Method->parameters())
4194     if (!P->getDeclName())
4195       return;
4196 
4197   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
4198   for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) {
4199     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4200                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4201     if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl())
4202       continue;
4203 
4204     // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now.
4205     if (!InContext) {
4206       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification(
4207           S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext());
4208       if (NNS) {
4209         std::string Str;
4210         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
4211         NNS->print(OS, Policy);
4212         Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
4213       }
4214     } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext()))
4215       continue;
4216 
4217     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4218         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString()));
4219     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4220     bool FirstParam = true;
4221     for (auto P : Method->parameters()) {
4222       if (FirstParam)
4223         FirstParam = false;
4224       else
4225         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4226 
4227       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4228           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName()));
4229     }
4230     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4231     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
4232         Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod,
4233         CXAvailability_Available, Overridden));
4234     Results.Ignore(Overridden);
4235   }
4236 }
4237 
4238 void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
4239                                     ModuleIdPath Path) {
4240   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4241   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4242                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4243                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
4244   Results.EnterNewScope();
4245 
4246   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
4247   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4248   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4249   if (Path.empty()) {
4250     // Enumerate all top-level modules.
4251     SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules;
4252     PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules);
4253     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4254       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4255           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name));
4256       Results.AddResult(Result(
4257           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4258           Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4259                                     : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4260     }
4261   } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) {
4262     // Load the named module.
4263     Module *Mod =
4264         PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
4265                                         /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false);
4266     // Enumerate submodules.
4267     if (Mod) {
4268       for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(),
4269                                       SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end();
4270            Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) {
4271 
4272         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4273             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name));
4274         Results.AddResult(Result(
4275             Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4276             (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4277                                   : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4278       }
4279     }
4280   }
4281   Results.ExitScope();
4282   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4283                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4284 }
4285 
4286 void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
4287                                     ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) {
4288   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4289                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4290                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext));
4291   Results.EnterNewScope();
4292 
4293   // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of
4294   // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are
4295   // only allowed where we can have an expression.
4296   switch (CompletionContext) {
4297   case PCC_Namespace:
4298   case PCC_Class:
4299   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4300   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4301   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4302   case PCC_Template:
4303   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4304   case PCC_Type:
4305   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4306     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
4307     break;
4308 
4309   case PCC_Statement:
4310   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4311   case PCC_Expression:
4312   case PCC_ForInit:
4313   case PCC_Condition:
4314     if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts()))
4315       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4316     else
4317       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4318 
4319     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4320       MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results);
4321     break;
4322 
4323   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4324     // Unfiltered
4325     break;
4326   }
4327 
4328   // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on
4329   // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list.
4330   auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType();
4331   if (!ThisType.isNull())
4332     Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(),
4333                                     VK_LValue);
4334 
4335   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4336   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4337                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4338                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4339 
4340   AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results);
4341   Results.ExitScope();
4342 
4343   switch (CompletionContext) {
4344   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4345   case PCC_Expression:
4346   case PCC_Statement:
4347   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4348     if (S->getFnParent())
4349       AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4350     break;
4351 
4352   case PCC_Namespace:
4353   case PCC_Class:
4354   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4355   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4356   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4357   case PCC_Template:
4358   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4359   case PCC_ForInit:
4360   case PCC_Condition:
4361   case PCC_Type:
4362   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4363     break;
4364   }
4365 
4366   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4367     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
4368 
4369   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4370                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4371 }
4372 
4373 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
4374                                        ParsedType Receiver,
4375                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
4376                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
4377                                        ResultBuilder &Results);
4378 
4379 void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4380                                 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
4381                                 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4382   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4383   ResultBuilder Results(
4384       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4385       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4386       AllowNestedNameSpecifiers
4387           // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we
4388           // need an existing symbol or a new one.
4389           ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName
4390           : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName);
4391   Results.EnterNewScope();
4392 
4393   // Type qualifiers can come after names.
4394   Results.AddResult(Result("const"));
4395   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile"));
4396   if (getLangOpts().C99)
4397     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict"));
4398 
4399   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4400     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4401         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4402          DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct))
4403       Results.AddResult("final");
4404 
4405     if (AllowNonIdentifiers) {
4406       Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
4407     }
4408 
4409     // Add nested-name-specifiers.
4410     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4411       Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
4412       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy);
4413       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4414       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
4415                          CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4416                          CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4417       Results.setFilter(nullptr);
4418     }
4419   }
4420   Results.ExitScope();
4421 
4422   // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a
4423   // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could
4424   // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with
4425   // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions.
4426   if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers &&
4427       DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier &&
4428       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
4429       DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified &&
4430       DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&
4431       !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S &&
4432       (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 &&
4433       (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope |
4434                         Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) ==
4435           0) {
4436     ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType();
4437     if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType())
4438       AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results);
4439   }
4440 
4441   // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not
4442   // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities.
4443 
4444   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4445                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4446 }
4447 
4448 static const char *underscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4449   if (Scope == "clang")
4450     return "_Clang";
4451   if (Scope == "gnu")
4452     return "__gnu__";
4453   return nullptr;
4454 }
4455 
4456 static const char *noUnderscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4457   if (Scope == "_Clang")
4458     return "clang";
4459   if (Scope == "__gnu__")
4460     return "gnu";
4461   return nullptr;
4462 }
4463 
4464 void Sema::CodeCompleteAttribute(AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax,
4465                                  AttributeCompletion Completion,
4466                                  const IdentifierInfo *InScope) {
4467   if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::None)
4468     return;
4469   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4470                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4471                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Attribute);
4472 
4473   // We're going to iterate over the normalized spellings of the attribute.
4474   // These don't include "underscore guarding": the normalized spelling is
4475   // clang::foo but you can also write _Clang::__foo__.
4476   //
4477   // (Clang supports a mix like clang::__foo__ but we won't suggest it: either
4478   // you care about clashing with macros or you don't).
4479   //
4480   // So if we're already in a scope, we determine its canonical spellings
4481   // (for comparison with normalized attr spelling) and remember whether it was
4482   // underscore-guarded (so we know how to spell contained attributes).
4483   llvm::StringRef InScopeName;
4484   bool InScopeUnderscore = false;
4485   if (InScope) {
4486     InScopeName = InScope->getName();
4487     if (const char *NoUnderscore = noUnderscoreAttrScope(InScopeName)) {
4488       InScopeName = NoUnderscore;
4489       InScopeUnderscore = true;
4490     }
4491   }
4492   bool SyntaxSupportsGuards = Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_GNU ||
4493                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4494                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x;
4495 
4496   llvm::DenseSet<llvm::StringRef> FoundScopes;
4497   auto AddCompletions = [&](const ParsedAttrInfo &A) {
4498     if (A.IsTargetSpecific && !A.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo()))
4499       return;
4500     if (!A.acceptsLangOpts(getLangOpts()))
4501       return;
4502     for (const auto &S : A.Spellings) {
4503       if (S.Syntax != Syntax)
4504         continue;
4505       llvm::StringRef Name = S.NormalizedFullName;
4506       llvm::StringRef Scope;
4507       if ((Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4508            Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x)) {
4509         std::tie(Scope, Name) = Name.split("::");
4510         if (Name.empty()) // oops, unscoped
4511           std::swap(Name, Scope);
4512       }
4513 
4514       // Do we just want a list of scopes rather than attributes?
4515       if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::Scope) {
4516         // Make sure to emit each scope only once.
4517         if (!Scope.empty() && FoundScopes.insert(Scope).second) {
4518           Results.AddResult(
4519               CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Scope)));
4520           // Include alternate form (__gnu__ instead of gnu).
4521           if (const char *Scope2 = underscoreAttrScope(Scope))
4522             Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Scope2));
4523         }
4524         continue;
4525       }
4526 
4527       // If a scope was specified, it must match but we don't need to print it.
4528       if (!InScopeName.empty()) {
4529         if (Scope != InScopeName)
4530           continue;
4531         Scope = "";
4532       }
4533 
4534       auto Add = [&](llvm::StringRef Scope, llvm::StringRef Name,
4535                      bool Underscores) {
4536         CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4537                                       Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4538         llvm::SmallString<32> Text;
4539         if (!Scope.empty()) {
4540           Text.append(Scope);
4541           Text.append("::");
4542         }
4543         if (Underscores)
4544           Text.append("__");
4545         Text.append(Name);
4546         if (Underscores)
4547           Text.append("__");
4548         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Text));
4549 
4550         if (!A.ArgNames.empty()) {
4551           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen, "(");
4552           bool First = true;
4553           for (const char *Arg : A.ArgNames) {
4554             if (!First)
4555               Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma, ", ");
4556             First = false;
4557             Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Arg);
4558           }
4559           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen, ")");
4560         }
4561 
4562         Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
4563       };
4564 
4565       // Generate the non-underscore-guarded result.
4566       // Note this is (a suffix of) the NormalizedFullName, no need to copy.
4567       // If an underscore-guarded scope was specified, only the
4568       // underscore-guarded attribute name is relevant.
4569       if (!InScopeUnderscore)
4570         Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/false);
4571 
4572       // Generate the underscore-guarded version, for syntaxes that support it.
4573       // We skip this if the scope was already spelled and not guarded, or
4574       // we must spell it and can't guard it.
4575       if (!(InScope && !InScopeUnderscore) && SyntaxSupportsGuards) {
4576         llvm::SmallString<32> Guarded;
4577         if (Scope.empty()) {
4578           Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4579         } else {
4580           const char *GuardedScope = underscoreAttrScope(Scope);
4581           if (!GuardedScope)
4582             continue;
4583           Add(GuardedScope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4584         }
4585       }
4586 
4587       // It may be nice to include the Kind so we can look up the docs later.
4588     }
4589   };
4590 
4591   for (const auto *A : ParsedAttrInfo::getAllBuiltin())
4592     AddCompletions(*A);
4593   for (const auto &Entry : ParsedAttrInfoRegistry::entries())
4594     AddCompletions(*Entry.instantiate());
4595 
4596   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4597                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4598 }
4599 
4600 struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData {
4601   CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(),
4602                              bool IsParenthesized = false)
4603       : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false),
4604         ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {}
4605 
4606   QualType PreferredType;
4607   bool IntegralConstantExpression;
4608   bool ObjCCollection;
4609   bool IsParenthesized;
4610   SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls;
4611 };
4612 
4613 namespace {
4614 /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators.
4615 struct CoveredEnumerators {
4616   llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen;
4617   NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr;
4618 };
4619 } // namespace
4620 
4621 static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context,
4622                            EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext,
4623                            const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) {
4624   NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier;
4625   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) {
4626     // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to
4627     // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they
4628     // may not be visible in this scope.
4629     Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum);
4630   }
4631 
4632   Results.EnterNewScope();
4633   for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) {
4634     if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E))
4635       continue;
4636 
4637     CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier);
4638     Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false);
4639   }
4640   Results.ExitScope();
4641 }
4642 
4643 /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g.
4644 /// function pointers, std::function, etc).
4645 static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) {
4646   assert(!T.isNull());
4647   // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar.
4648   // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote.
4649   // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl.
4650   if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
4651     if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1)
4652       return nullptr;
4653     const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0);
4654     if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type)
4655       return nullptr;
4656     return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4657   }
4658   // Handle other cases.
4659   if (T->isPointerType())
4660     T = T->getPointeeType();
4661   return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4662 }
4663 
4664 /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified
4665 /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names.
4666 static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results,
4667                                 llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters,
4668                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
4669   if (!Results.includeCodePatterns())
4670     return;
4671   CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(),
4672                                    Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4673   // [](<parameters>) {}
4674   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
4675   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("=");
4676   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
4677   if (!Parameters.empty()) {
4678     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4679     bool First = true;
4680     for (auto Parameter : Parameters) {
4681       if (!First)
4682         Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma);
4683       else
4684         First = false;
4685 
4686       constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!";
4687       std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder);
4688       Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts));
4689       llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix;
4690       std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder);
4691       Prefix = Prefix.rtrim();
4692       Suffix = Suffix.ltrim();
4693 
4694       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix));
4695       Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4696       Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
4697       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix));
4698     };
4699     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4700   }
4701   Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4702   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
4703   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4704   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body");
4705   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4706   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
4707 
4708   Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString());
4709 }
4710 
4711 /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what
4712 /// type we're looking for.
4713 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
4714                                   const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) {
4715   ResultBuilder Results(
4716       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4717       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4718       CodeCompletionContext(
4719           Data.IsParenthesized
4720               ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression
4721               : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4722           Data.PreferredType));
4723   auto PCC =
4724       Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression;
4725   if (Data.ObjCCollection)
4726     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection);
4727   else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4728     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue);
4729   else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts()))
4730     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4731   else
4732     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4733 
4734   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull())
4735     Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType());
4736 
4737   // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about.
4738   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I)
4739     Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]);
4740 
4741   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4742   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4743                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4744                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4745 
4746   Results.EnterNewScope();
4747   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results);
4748   Results.ExitScope();
4749 
4750   bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false;
4751   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) {
4752     PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() ||
4753                              Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() ||
4754                              Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType();
4755     if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) {
4756       EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
4757       if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
4758         Enum = Def;
4759       // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like:
4760       //        if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {}
4761       AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators());
4762     }
4763   }
4764 
4765   if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection &&
4766       !Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4767     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4768 
4769   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4770     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false,
4771                     PreferredTypeIsPointer);
4772 
4773   // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function.
4774   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
4775     if (const FunctionProtoType *F =
4776             TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType))
4777       AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts());
4778   }
4779 
4780   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4781                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4782 }
4783 
4784 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
4785                                   bool IsParenthesized) {
4786   return CodeCompleteExpression(
4787       S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized));
4788 }
4789 
4790 void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E,
4791                                          QualType PreferredType) {
4792   if (E.isInvalid())
4793     CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
4794   else if (getLangOpts().ObjC)
4795     CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false);
4796 }
4797 
4798 /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by
4799 /// property name.
4800 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet;
4801 
4802 /// Retrieve the container definition, if any?
4803 static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) {
4804   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
4805     if (Interface->hasDefinition())
4806       return Interface->getDefinition();
4807 
4808     return Interface;
4809   }
4810 
4811   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
4812     if (Protocol->hasDefinition())
4813       return Protocol->getDefinition();
4814 
4815     return Protocol;
4816   }
4817   return Container;
4818 }
4819 
4820 /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block
4821 /// declaration \p BD.
4822 static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
4823                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
4824                              const NamedDecl *BD,
4825                              const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc,
4826                              const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) {
4827   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
4828       GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context,
4829                               Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
4830 
4831   AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder);
4832   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4833 
4834   if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) {
4835     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
4836   } else {
4837     for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
4838       if (I)
4839         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4840 
4841       // Format the placeholder string.
4842       std::string PlaceholderStr =
4843           FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I));
4844 
4845       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc &&
4846           BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
4847         PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
4848 
4849       // Add the placeholder string.
4850       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4851           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4852     }
4853   }
4854 
4855   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4856 }
4857 
4858 static void
4859 AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
4860                   ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories,
4861                   bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext,
4862                   AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results,
4863                   bool IsBaseExprStatement = false,
4864                   bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) {
4865   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4866 
4867   // Retrieve the definition.
4868   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
4869 
4870   // Add properties in this container.
4871   const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) {
4872     if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second)
4873       return;
4874 
4875     // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement
4876     // expressions.
4877     if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() ||
4878         !IsBaseExprStatement) {
4879       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4880       if (!InOriginalClass)
4881         setInBaseClass(R);
4882       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4883       return;
4884     }
4885 
4886     // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able
4887     // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block.
4888     FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc;
4889     FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc;
4890     findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc,
4891                                  BlockProtoLoc);
4892     if (!BlockLoc) {
4893       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4894       if (!InOriginalClass)
4895         setInBaseClass(R);
4896       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4897       return;
4898     }
4899 
4900     // The default completion result for block properties should be the block
4901     // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement.
4902     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4903                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4904     AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(),
4905                      getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P,
4906                      BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc);
4907     Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P));
4908     if (!InOriginalClass)
4909       setInBaseClass(R);
4910     Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4911 
4912     // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a
4913     // statement and the block property is mutable.
4914     if (!P->isReadOnly()) {
4915       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4916                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4917       AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(),
4918                          getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P,
4919                          CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
4920       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4921           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName()));
4922       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
4923 
4924       std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder(
4925           getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc,
4926           BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true);
4927       // Add the placeholder string.
4928       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4929           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4930 
4931       // When completing blocks properties that return void the default
4932       // property completion result should show up before the setter,
4933       // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default
4934       // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the
4935       // call.
4936       Result R =
4937           Result(Builder.TakeString(), P,
4938                  Results.getBasePriority(P) +
4939                      (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType()
4940                           ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter
4941                           : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter));
4942       if (!InOriginalClass)
4943         setInBaseClass(R);
4944       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4945     }
4946   };
4947 
4948   if (IsClassProperty) {
4949     for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties())
4950       AddProperty(P);
4951   } else {
4952     for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties())
4953       AddProperty(P);
4954   }
4955 
4956   // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties
4957   if (AllowNullaryMethods) {
4958     ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext();
4959     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
4960     // Adds a method result
4961     const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) {
4962       IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
4963       if (!Name)
4964         return;
4965       if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second)
4966         return;
4967       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4968                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4969       AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
4970       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4971           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName()));
4972       Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M,
4973                         CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty);
4974       if (!InOriginalClass)
4975         setInBaseClass(R);
4976       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4977     };
4978 
4979     if (IsClassProperty) {
4980       for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) {
4981         // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property
4982         // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't
4983         // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter.
4984         if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() ||
4985             M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod())
4986           continue;
4987         AddMethod(M);
4988       }
4989     } else {
4990       for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
4991         if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector())
4992           AddMethod(M);
4993       }
4994     }
4995   }
4996 
4997   // Add properties in referenced protocols.
4998   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
4999     for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols())
5000       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5001                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5002                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5003                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5004   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace =
5005                  dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
5006     if (AllowCategories) {
5007       // Look through categories.
5008       for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories())
5009         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5010                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5011                           IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5012                           InOriginalClass);
5013     }
5014 
5015     // Look through protocols.
5016     for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols())
5017       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5018                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5019                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5020                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5021 
5022     // Look in the superclass.
5023     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
5024       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories,
5025                         AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5026                         Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5027                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5028   } else if (const auto *Category =
5029                  dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
5030     // Look through protocols.
5031     for (auto *P : Category->protocols())
5032       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5033                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5034                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5035                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5036   }
5037 }
5038 
5039 static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(
5040     Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType,
5041     ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) {
5042   // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
5043   // for the base object type.
5044   Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind);
5045 
5046   // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
5047   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
5048   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
5049   if (AccessOpFixIt)
5050     FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue());
5051   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts));
5052   SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer,
5053                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5054                              /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
5055                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5056 
5057   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5058     if (!Results.empty()) {
5059       // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
5060       // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
5061       // is dependent.
5062       bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
5063       if (!IsDependent) {
5064         for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
5065           if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
5066             IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
5067             break;
5068           }
5069       }
5070 
5071       if (IsDependent)
5072         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template"));
5073     }
5074   }
5075 }
5076 
5077 // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template
5078 // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the
5079 // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code.
5080 static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(const QualType BaseType) {
5081   if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) {
5082     if (const auto *CTSD =
5083             llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
5084       // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template
5085       // in such cases.
5086       if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared)
5087         RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl();
5088     }
5089     return RD;
5090   }
5091 
5092   if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
5093     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
5094             TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) {
5095       return TD->getTemplatedDecl();
5096     }
5097   }
5098 
5099   return nullptr;
5100 }
5101 
5102 namespace {
5103 // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T.
5104 // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T.
5105 //
5106 // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for
5107 // expressions of the form T.foo().
5108 // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified.
5109 // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we
5110 // take members from both branches.
5111 //
5112 // For example, given:
5113 //   template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); };
5114 //   template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ }
5115 // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'.
5116 // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds.
5117 // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T).
5118 // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print().
5119 //
5120 // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::)
5121 // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter.
5122 //
5123 // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too,
5124 // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param.
5125 //
5126 // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept,
5127 // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }`
5128 class ConceptInfo {
5129 public:
5130   // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints.
5131   // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts.
5132   struct Member {
5133     // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names.
5134     const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr;
5135     // Set for functions we've seen called.
5136     // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of
5137     // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render
5138     // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names!
5139     llvm::Optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes;
5140     // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member.
5141     enum AccessOperator {
5142       Colons,
5143       Arrow,
5144       Dot,
5145     } Operator = Dot;
5146     // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function.
5147     const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr;
5148     // FIXME: also track:
5149     //   - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results
5150     //   - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params
5151 
5152     // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings.
5153     CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc,
5154                                  CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const {
5155       CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info);
5156       // Result type
5157       if (ResultType) {
5158         std::string AsString;
5159         {
5160           llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString);
5161           QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType);
5162           if (!ExactType.isNull())
5163             ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5164           else
5165             ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5166         }
5167         B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString));
5168       }
5169       // Member name
5170       B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName()));
5171       // Function argument list
5172       if (ArgTypes) {
5173         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
5174         bool First = true;
5175         for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) {
5176           if (First)
5177             First = false;
5178           else {
5179             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
5180             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
5181           }
5182           B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString(
5183               Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S))));
5184         }
5185         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
5186       }
5187       return B.TakeString();
5188     }
5189   };
5190 
5191   // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from.
5192   // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity
5193   // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints.
5194   ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) {
5195     auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S);
5196     for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity))
5197       believe(E, &BaseType);
5198   }
5199 
5200   std::vector<Member> members() {
5201     std::vector<Member> Results;
5202     for (const auto &E : this->Results)
5203       Results.push_back(E.second);
5204     llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) {
5205       return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName();
5206     });
5207     return Results;
5208   }
5209 
5210 private:
5211   // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true.
5212   void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) {
5213     if (!E || !T)
5214       return;
5215     if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) {
5216       // If the concept is
5217       //   template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>();
5218       // And the concept specialization is
5219       //   CD<int, T>
5220       // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true
5221       // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B);
5222       //
5223       // For simplicity:
5224       // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A
5225       // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it
5226       ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept();
5227       TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters();
5228       unsigned Index = 0;
5229       for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) {
5230         if (Index >= Params->size())
5231           break; // Won't happen in valid code.
5232         if (isApprox(Arg, T)) {
5233           auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index));
5234           if (!TTPD)
5235             continue;
5236           // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT.
5237           auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl());
5238           // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true.
5239           believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT);
5240           // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require)
5241         }
5242 
5243         ++Index;
5244       }
5245     } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5246       // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches.
5247       // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection.
5248       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
5249         believe(BO->getLHS(), T);
5250         believe(BO->getRHS(), T);
5251       }
5252     } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) {
5253       // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement.
5254       for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) {
5255         if (!Req->isDependent())
5256           continue; // Can't tell us anything about T.
5257         // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent.
5258 
5259         if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) {
5260           // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`.
5261           QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType();
5262           ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType);
5263         } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) {
5264           ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T);
5265           // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression,
5266           // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll
5267           // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type.
5268           if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) {
5269             Visitor.OuterType =
5270                 ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint();
5271             Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr();
5272           }
5273           Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr());
5274         } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) {
5275           believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T);
5276         }
5277       }
5278     }
5279   }
5280 
5281   // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types
5282   // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T.
5283   class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> {
5284     ConceptInfo *Outer;
5285     const TemplateTypeParmType *T;
5286 
5287     CallExpr *Caller = nullptr;
5288     Expr *Callee = nullptr;
5289 
5290   public:
5291     // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType.
5292     Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr;
5293     const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr;
5294 
5295     ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T)
5296         : Outer(Outer), T(T) {
5297       assert(T);
5298     }
5299 
5300     // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable.
5301     bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
5302       const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr();
5303       bool IsArrow = E->isArrow();
5304       if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) {
5305         IsArrow = false;
5306         Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5307       }
5308       if (isApprox(Base, T))
5309         addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot);
5310       return true;
5311     }
5312 
5313     // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable.
5314     bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
5315       if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T))
5316         addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons);
5317       return true;
5318     }
5319 
5320     // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type.
5321     bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) {
5322       const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier();
5323       if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5324         addType(DNT->getIdentifier());
5325       return true;
5326     }
5327 
5328     // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type.
5329     // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-(
5330     bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) {
5331       if (NNSL) {
5332         NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier();
5333         const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix();
5334         if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5335           addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier());
5336       }
5337       // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar
5338       return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL);
5339     }
5340 
5341     // FIXME also handle T::foo<X>
5342 
5343     // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a
5344     // nested expr is being called as a function.
5345     bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
5346       Caller = CE;
5347       Callee = CE->getCallee();
5348       return true;
5349     }
5350 
5351   private:
5352     void addResult(Member &&M) {
5353       auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name);
5354       Member &O = R.first->second;
5355       // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info.
5356       // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary.
5357       if (/*Inserted*/ R.second ||
5358           std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.hasValue(), M.ResultType != nullptr,
5359                           M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.hasValue(),
5360                                                         O.ResultType != nullptr,
5361                                                         O.Operator))
5362         O = std::move(M);
5363     }
5364 
5365     void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
5366       if (!Name)
5367         return;
5368       Member M;
5369       M.Name = Name;
5370       M.Operator = Member::Colons;
5371       addResult(std::move(M));
5372     }
5373 
5374     void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name,
5375                   Member::AccessOperator Operator) {
5376       if (!Name.isIdentifier())
5377         return;
5378       Member Result;
5379       Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5380       Result.Operator = Operator;
5381       // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then
5382       // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable.
5383       if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) {
5384         Result.ArgTypes.emplace();
5385         for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments())
5386           Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType());
5387         if (Caller == OuterExpr) {
5388           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5389         }
5390       } else {
5391         if (E == OuterExpr)
5392           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5393       }
5394       addResult(std::move(Result));
5395     }
5396   };
5397 
5398   static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) {
5399     return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&
5400            isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T);
5401   }
5402 
5403   static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) {
5404     return T1 && T2 &&
5405            T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() ==
5406                T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
5407   }
5408 
5409   // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter
5410   // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl.
5411   // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl.
5412   static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D,
5413                                          Scope *S) {
5414     if (D == nullptr)
5415       return nullptr;
5416     Scope *Inner = nullptr;
5417     while (S) {
5418       if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D))
5419         return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr;
5420       Inner = S;
5421       S = S->getParent();
5422     }
5423     return nullptr;
5424   }
5425 
5426   // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type
5427   // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()).
5428   static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1>
5429   constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) {
5430     SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result;
5431     if (DC == nullptr)
5432       return Result;
5433     // Primary templates can have constraints.
5434     if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate())
5435       TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5436     // Partial specializations may have constraints.
5437     if (const auto *CTPSD =
5438             dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5439       CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5440     if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5441       VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5442     return Result;
5443   }
5444 
5445   // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint.
5446   // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`.
5447   static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) {
5448     // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent.
5449     // In this case the return type is T.
5450     DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName();
5451     if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as"))
5452       if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten())
5453         if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) {
5454           const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument();
5455           if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
5456             return Arg.getAsType();
5457         }
5458     return {};
5459   }
5460 
5461   llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results;
5462 };
5463 
5464 // Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions.
5465 // In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type.
5466 // We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters).
5467 // We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr.
5468 QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) {
5469   QualType Unresolved = E->getType();
5470   if (Unresolved.isNull() ||
5471       !Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Dependent))
5472     return Unresolved;
5473   E = E->IgnoreParens();
5474   // A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type
5475   if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5476     QualType Callee = getApproximateType(CE->getCallee());
5477     if (Callee.isNull() ||
5478         Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember))
5479       Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CE->getCallee());
5480     if (Callee.isNull())
5481       return Unresolved;
5482 
5483     if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5484       Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5485     } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5486       Callee = BPT->getPointeeType();
5487     }
5488     if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>())
5489       return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType();
5490 
5491     // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type.
5492     if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(CE->getCallee())) {
5493       // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it.
5494       // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same".
5495       // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it).
5496       const Type *Common = nullptr;
5497       for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) {
5498         QualType ReturnType;
5499         if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5500           ReturnType = FD->getReturnType();
5501         else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
5502           ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType();
5503         if (ReturnType.isNull())
5504           continue;
5505         const Type *Candidate =
5506             ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
5507         if (Common && Common != Candidate)
5508           return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates.
5509         Common = Candidate;
5510       }
5511       if (Common != nullptr)
5512         return QualType(Common, 0);
5513     }
5514   }
5515   // A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup.
5516   if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E)) {
5517     QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess()
5518                         ? CDSME->getBaseType()
5519                         : getApproximateType(CDSME->getBase());
5520     if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull())
5521       Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here?
5522     RecordDecl *RD = Base.isNull() ? nullptr : getAsRecordDecl(Base);
5523     if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
5524       for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(CDSME->getMember()))
5525         if (const ValueDecl *VD = llvm::dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Member))
5526           return VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
5527     }
5528   }
5529   return Unresolved;
5530 }
5531 
5532 // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the
5533 // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor
5534 // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just
5535 // in case)
5536 Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) {
5537   if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) {
5538     if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0)
5539       return nullptr;
5540     Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1);
5541   }
5542   return Base;
5543 }
5544 
5545 } // namespace
5546 
5547 void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5548                                            Expr *OtherOpBase,
5549                                            SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
5550                                            bool IsBaseExprStatement,
5551                                            QualType PreferredType) {
5552   Base = unwrapParenList(Base);
5553   OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase);
5554   if (!Base || !CodeCompleter)
5555     return;
5556 
5557   ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5558   if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5559     return;
5560   QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(ConvertedBase.get());
5561 
5562   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind;
5563 
5564   if (IsArrow) {
5565     if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5566       ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5567   }
5568 
5569   if (IsArrow) {
5570     contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess;
5571   } else {
5572     if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5573         ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5574       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess;
5575     } else {
5576       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess;
5577     }
5578   }
5579 
5580   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType);
5581   CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
5582   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5583                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5584                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5585 
5586   auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow,
5587                           Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool {
5588     if (!Base)
5589       return false;
5590 
5591     ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5592     if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5593       return false;
5594     Base = ConvertedBase.get();
5595 
5596     QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(Base);
5597     if (BaseType.isNull())
5598       return false;
5599     ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind();
5600 
5601     if (IsArrow) {
5602       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5603         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5604         BaseKind = VK_LValue;
5605       } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5606                  BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) {
5607         // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below.
5608       } else {
5609         return false;
5610       }
5611     }
5612 
5613     if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) {
5614       AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind,
5615                                         RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt));
5616     } else if (const auto *TTPT =
5617                    dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) {
5618       auto Operator =
5619           IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot;
5620       for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
5621         if (R.Operator != Operator)
5622           continue;
5623         CodeCompletionResult Result(
5624             R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5625                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()));
5626         if (AccessOpFixIt)
5627           Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt);
5628         Results.AddResult(std::move(Result));
5629       }
5630     } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5631       // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code
5632       // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars,
5633       // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5634       if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
5635         return false;
5636       }
5637       AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5638 
5639       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5640               BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
5641         // Add property results based on our interface.
5642         assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!");
5643         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true,
5644                           /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext,
5645                           AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement);
5646       }
5647 
5648       // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface.
5649       for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals())
5650         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true,
5651                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5652                           IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false,
5653                           /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5654     } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
5655                (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
5656       // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it
5657       // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by
5658       // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5659       if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
5660         return false;
5661       }
5662       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
5663       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5664               BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
5665         Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl();
5666       else
5667         Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
5668 
5669       // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses.
5670       if (Class) {
5671         CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType);
5672         Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar);
5673         LookupVisibleDecls(
5674             Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5675             /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5676       }
5677     }
5678 
5679     // FIXME: How do we cope with isa?
5680     return true;
5681   };
5682 
5683   Results.EnterNewScope();
5684 
5685   bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None);
5686   if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) {
5687     const CharSourceRange OpRange =
5688         CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc);
5689     CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion(
5690         OtherOpBase, !IsArrow,
5691         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->"));
5692   }
5693 
5694   Results.ExitScope();
5695 
5696   if (!CompletionSucceded)
5697     return;
5698 
5699   // Hand off the results found for code completion.
5700   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5701                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5702 }
5703 
5704 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S,
5705                                                 IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
5706                                                 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
5707                                                 bool IsBaseExprStatement) {
5708   IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName;
5709   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc);
5710   if (!IFace)
5711     return;
5712   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(
5713       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess);
5714   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5715                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5716                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5717   Results.EnterNewScope();
5718   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5719   AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true,
5720                     /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5721                     Results, IsBaseExprStatement,
5722                     /*IsClassProperty=*/true);
5723   Results.ExitScope();
5724   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5725                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5726 }
5727 
5728 void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) {
5729   if (!CodeCompleter)
5730     return;
5731 
5732   ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr;
5733   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind =
5734       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
5735   switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) {
5736   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
5737     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum;
5738     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag;
5739     break;
5740 
5741   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
5742     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion;
5743     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag;
5744     break;
5745 
5746   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
5747   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
5748   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
5749     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct;
5750     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag;
5751     break;
5752 
5753   default:
5754     llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag");
5755   }
5756 
5757   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5758                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind);
5759   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
5760 
5761   // First pass: look for tags.
5762   Results.setFilter(Filter);
5763   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer,
5764                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5765                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5766 
5767   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
5768     // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers.
5769     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
5770     LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
5771                        CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5772                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5773   }
5774 
5775   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5776                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5777 }
5778 
5779 static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results,
5780                                     const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
5781   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const))
5782     Results.AddResult("const");
5783   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile))
5784     Results.AddResult("volatile");
5785   if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict))
5786     Results.AddResult("restrict");
5787   if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic))
5788     Results.AddResult("_Atomic");
5789   if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned))
5790     Results.AddResult("__unaligned");
5791 }
5792 
5793 void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) {
5794   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5795                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5796                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5797   Results.EnterNewScope();
5798   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5799   Results.ExitScope();
5800   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5801                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5802 }
5803 
5804 void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
5805                                           const VirtSpecifiers *VS) {
5806   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5807                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5808                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5809   Results.EnterNewScope();
5810   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5811   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
5812     Results.AddResult("noexcept");
5813     if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() &&
5814         !D.isStaticMember()) {
5815       if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified())
5816         Results.AddResult("final");
5817       if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified())
5818         Results.AddResult("override");
5819     }
5820   }
5821   Results.ExitScope();
5822   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5823                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5824 }
5825 
5826 void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) {
5827   CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType()));
5828 }
5829 
5830 void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) {
5831   if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter)
5832     return;
5833 
5834   SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer();
5835   // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case.
5836   if (!Switch->getCond())
5837     return;
5838   QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType();
5839   if (!type->isEnumeralType()) {
5840     CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type);
5841     Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true;
5842     CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
5843     return;
5844   }
5845 
5846   // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type
5847   // by providing the list of
5848   EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
5849   if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
5850     Enum = Def;
5851 
5852   // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement.
5853   // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion
5854   // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not
5855   // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment.
5856   CoveredEnumerators Enumerators;
5857   for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
5858        SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
5859     CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
5860     if (!Case)
5861       continue;
5862 
5863     Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5864     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal))
5865       if (auto *Enumerator =
5866               dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5867         // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which
5868         // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of
5869         // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the
5870         // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not
5871         // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a
5872         // template are type- and value-dependent.
5873         Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator);
5874 
5875         // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier
5876         // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g.,
5877         //
5878         //   switch (TagD.getKind()) {
5879         //     case TagDecl::TK_enum:
5880         //       break;
5881         //     case XXX
5882         //
5883         // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union,
5884         // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union,
5885         // TK_struct, and TK_class.
5886         Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier();
5887       }
5888   }
5889 
5890   // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned.
5891   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5892                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5893                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression);
5894   AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators);
5895 
5896   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) {
5897     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
5898   }
5899   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5900                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5901 }
5902 
5903 static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
5904   if (Args.size() && !Args.data())
5905     return true;
5906 
5907   for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I)
5908     if (!Args[I])
5909       return true;
5910 
5911   return false;
5912 }
5913 
5914 typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate;
5915 
5916 static void mergeCandidatesWithResults(
5917     Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results,
5918     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) {
5919   // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first.
5920   llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X,
5921                                       const OverloadCandidate &Y) {
5922     return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc,
5923                                      CandidateSet.getKind());
5924   });
5925 
5926   // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results.
5927   for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) {
5928     if (Candidate.Function) {
5929       if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted())
5930         continue;
5931       if (shouldEnforceArgLimit(/*PartialOverloading=*/true,
5932                                 Candidate.Function) &&
5933           Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize &&
5934           // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function
5935           // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are
5936           // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure
5937           // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are
5938           // keeping the overload.
5939           ArgSize > 0)
5940         continue;
5941     }
5942     if (Candidate.Viable)
5943       Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function));
5944   }
5945 }
5946 
5947 /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload
5948 /// candidates.
5949 static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef,
5950                              ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) {
5951 
5952   // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments
5953   // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all
5954   // overload candidates.
5955   QualType ParamType;
5956   for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) {
5957     QualType CandidateParamType = Candidate.getParamType(N);
5958     if (CandidateParamType.isNull())
5959       continue;
5960     if (ParamType.isNull()) {
5961       ParamType = CandidateParamType;
5962       continue;
5963     }
5964     if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
5965             ParamType.getNonReferenceType(),
5966             CandidateParamType.getNonReferenceType()))
5967       // Two conflicting types, give up.
5968       return QualType();
5969   }
5970 
5971   return ParamType;
5972 }
5973 
5974 static QualType
5975 ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates,
5976                      unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
5977                      bool Braced) {
5978   if (Candidates.empty())
5979     return QualType();
5980   if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached())
5981     SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates(
5982         SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc,
5983         Braced);
5984   return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg);
5985 }
5986 
5987 QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5988                                         SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
5989   Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn);
5990   if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn)
5991     return QualType();
5992 
5993   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions.
5994   // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely.
5995   if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args))
5996     return QualType();
5997   // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the
5998   // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make
5999   // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions.
6000   auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes =
6001       Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); });
6002 
6003   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6004 
6005   Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
6006   // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find.
6007   SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc();
6008   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6009 
6010   if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6011     AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6012                                 /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6013   } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6014     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
6015     if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6016       UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6017       TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6018     }
6019 
6020     // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit).
6021     SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(
6022         1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase());
6023     ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6024                     ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6025     UnresolvedSet<8> Decls;
6026     Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end());
6027     const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase();
6028     AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs,
6029                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6030                           /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase);
6031   } else {
6032     FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
6033     if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
6034       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl());
6035     else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
6036       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
6037     if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration.
6038       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6039           !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
6040         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD));
6041       else
6042         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()),
6043                              ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6044                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6045                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6046 
6047     } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
6048       // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function
6049       // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates.
6050       // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators.
6051       if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) {
6052         DeclarationName OpName =
6053             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
6054         LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6055         LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
6056         R.suppressDiagnostics();
6057         SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn);
6058         ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6059                         ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6060         AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet,
6061                               /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr,
6062                               /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6063                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6064       }
6065     } else {
6066       // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or
6067       // function.
6068       QualType T = NakedFn->getType();
6069       if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull())
6070         T = T->getPointeeType();
6071 
6072       if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6073         if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(),
6074                               ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(),
6075                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true) ||
6076             FP->isVariadic())
6077           Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP));
6078       } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>())
6079         // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function.
6080         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT));
6081     }
6082   }
6083   mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6084   QualType ParamType = ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(),
6085                                             OpenParLoc, /*Braced=*/false);
6086   return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType();
6087 }
6088 
6089 // Determine which param to continue aggregate initialization from after
6090 // a designated initializer.
6091 //
6092 // Given struct S { int a,b,c,d,e; }:
6093 //   after `S{.b=1,`       we want to suggest c to continue
6094 //   after `S{.b=1, 2,`    we continue with d (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6095 //   after `S{.b=1, .a=2,` we continue with b (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6096 //
6097 // Possible outcomes:
6098 //   - we saw a designator for a field, and continue from the returned index.
6099 //     Only aggregate initialization is allowed.
6100 //   - we saw a designator, but it was complex or we couldn't find the field.
6101 //     Only aggregate initialization is possible, but we can't assist with it.
6102 //     Returns an out-of-range index.
6103 //   - we saw no designators, just positional arguments.
6104 //     Returns None.
6105 static llvm::Optional<unsigned>
6106 getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(const ResultCandidate &Aggregate,
6107                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
6108   static constexpr unsigned Invalid = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
6109   assert(Aggregate.getKind() == ResultCandidate::CK_Aggregate);
6110 
6111   // Look for designated initializers.
6112   // They're in their syntactic form, not yet resolved to fields.
6113   IdentifierInfo *DesignatedFieldName = nullptr;
6114   unsigned ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6115   for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
6116     if (const auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Arg)) {
6117       if (DIE->size() == 1 && DIE->getDesignator(0)->isFieldDesignator()) {
6118         DesignatedFieldName = DIE->getDesignator(0)->getFieldName();
6119         ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6120       } else {
6121         return Invalid; // Complicated designator.
6122       }
6123     } else if (isa<DesignatedInitUpdateExpr>(Arg)) {
6124       return Invalid; // Unsupported.
6125     } else {
6126       ++ArgsAfterDesignator;
6127     }
6128   }
6129   if (!DesignatedFieldName)
6130     return llvm::None;
6131 
6132   // Find the index within the class's fields.
6133   // (Probing getParamDecl() directly would be quadratic in number of fields).
6134   unsigned DesignatedIndex = 0;
6135   const FieldDecl *DesignatedField = nullptr;
6136   for (const auto *Field : Aggregate.getAggregate()->fields()) {
6137     if (Field->getIdentifier() == DesignatedFieldName) {
6138       DesignatedField = Field;
6139       break;
6140     }
6141     ++DesignatedIndex;
6142   }
6143   if (!DesignatedField)
6144     return Invalid; // Designator referred to a missing field, give up.
6145 
6146   // Find the index within the aggregate (which may have leading bases).
6147   unsigned AggregateSize = Aggregate.getNumParams();
6148   while (DesignatedIndex < AggregateSize &&
6149          Aggregate.getParamDecl(DesignatedIndex) != DesignatedField)
6150     ++DesignatedIndex;
6151 
6152   // Continue from the index after the last named field.
6153   return DesignatedIndex + ArgsAfterDesignator + 1;
6154 }
6155 
6156 QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(QualType Type,
6157                                                SourceLocation Loc,
6158                                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6159                                                SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6160                                                bool Braced) {
6161   if (!CodeCompleter)
6162     return QualType();
6163   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6164 
6165   // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors.
6166   RecordDecl *RD =
6167       isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsRecordDecl() : nullptr;
6168   if (!RD)
6169     return Type;
6170   CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
6171 
6172   // Consider aggregate initialization.
6173   // We don't check that types so far are correct.
6174   // We also don't handle C99/C++17 brace-elision, we assume init-list elements
6175   // are 1:1 with fields.
6176   // FIXME: it would be nice to support "unwrapping" aggregates that contain
6177   // a single subaggregate, like std::array<T, N> -> T __elements[N].
6178   if (Braced && !RD->isUnion() &&
6179       (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || (CRD && CRD->isAggregate()))) {
6180     ResultCandidate AggregateSig(RD);
6181     unsigned AggregateSize = AggregateSig.getNumParams();
6182 
6183     if (auto NextIndex =
6184             getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(AggregateSig, Args)) {
6185       // A designator was used, only aggregate init is possible.
6186       if (*NextIndex >= AggregateSize)
6187         return Type;
6188       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6189       return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, *NextIndex, OpenParLoc,
6190                                   Braced);
6191     }
6192 
6193     // Describe aggregate initialization, but also constructors below.
6194     if (Args.size() < AggregateSize)
6195       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6196   }
6197 
6198   // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers.
6199   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors.
6200 
6201   if (CRD) {
6202     OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6203     for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(CRD)) {
6204       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) {
6205         // FIXME: we can't yet provide correct signature help for initializer
6206         //        list constructors, so skip them entirely.
6207         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus && isInitListConstructor(FD))
6208           continue;
6209         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args,
6210                              CandidateSet,
6211                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6212                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true,
6213                              /*AllowExplicit*/ true);
6214       } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) {
6215         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
6216             isInitListConstructor(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()))
6217           continue;
6218 
6219         AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
6220             FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()),
6221             /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet,
6222             /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6223             /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6224       }
6225     }
6226     mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6227   }
6228 
6229   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc, Braced);
6230 }
6231 
6232 QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(
6233     Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6234     ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6235     bool Braced) {
6236   if (!CodeCompleter)
6237     return QualType();
6238 
6239   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
6240       dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl);
6241   if (!Constructor)
6242     return QualType();
6243   // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well.
6244   if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(
6245           Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II))
6246     return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(MemberDecl->getType(),
6247                                            MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs,
6248                                            OpenParLoc, Braced);
6249   return QualType();
6250 }
6251 
6252 static bool argMatchesTemplateParams(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6253                                      unsigned Index,
6254                                      const TemplateParameterList &Params) {
6255   const NamedDecl *Param;
6256   if (Index < Params.size())
6257     Param = Params.getParam(Index);
6258   else if (Params.hasParameterPack())
6259     Param = Params.asArray().back();
6260   else
6261     return false; // too many args
6262 
6263   switch (Arg.getKind()) {
6264   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Type:
6265     return llvm::isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param); // constraints not checked
6266   case ParsedTemplateArgument::NonType:
6267     return llvm::isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // type not checked
6268   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Template:
6269     return llvm::isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // signature not checked
6270   }
6271   llvm_unreachable("Unhandled switch case");
6272 }
6273 
6274 QualType Sema::ProduceTemplateArgumentSignatureHelp(
6275     TemplateTy ParsedTemplate, ArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument> Args,
6276     SourceLocation LAngleLoc) {
6277   if (!CodeCompleter || !ParsedTemplate)
6278     return QualType();
6279 
6280   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6281   auto Consider = [&](const TemplateDecl *TD) {
6282     // Only add if the existing args are compatible with the template.
6283     bool Matches = true;
6284     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); ++I) {
6285       if (!argMatchesTemplateParams(Args[I], I, *TD->getTemplateParameters())) {
6286         Matches = false;
6287         break;
6288       }
6289     }
6290     if (Matches)
6291       Results.emplace_back(TD);
6292   };
6293 
6294   TemplateName Template = ParsedTemplate.get();
6295   if (const auto *TD = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
6296     Consider(TD);
6297   } else if (const auto *OTS = Template.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) {
6298     for (const NamedDecl *ND : *OTS)
6299       if (const auto *TD = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
6300         Consider(TD);
6301   }
6302   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), LAngleLoc,
6303                               /*Braced=*/false);
6304 }
6305 
6306 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) {
6307   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) {
6308     if (BaseType.isNull())
6309       break;
6310     QualType NextType;
6311     const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(I);
6312     if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) {
6313       if (BaseType->isArrayType())
6314         NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
6315     } else {
6316       assert(D.isFieldDesignator());
6317       auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6318       if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
6319         for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getField()))
6320           if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
6321             NextType = FD->getType();
6322             break;
6323           }
6324       }
6325     }
6326     BaseType = NextType;
6327   }
6328   return BaseType;
6329 }
6330 
6331 void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType,
6332                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
6333                                   const Designation &D) {
6334   BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
6335   if (BaseType.isNull())
6336     return;
6337   const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6338   if (!RD || RD->fields().empty())
6339     return;
6340 
6341   CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess,
6342                             BaseType);
6343   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6344                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC);
6345 
6346   Results.EnterNewScope();
6347   for (const Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
6348     const FieldDecl *FD;
6349     if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
6350       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
6351     else if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
6352       FD = DFD;
6353     else
6354       continue;
6355 
6356     // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those
6357     // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority.
6358     ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD));
6359     Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr);
6360   }
6361   Results.ExitScope();
6362   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6363                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6364 }
6365 
6366 void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) {
6367   ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
6368   if (!VD) {
6369     CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
6370     return;
6371   }
6372 
6373   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
6374   Data.PreferredType = VD->getType();
6375   // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'.
6376   Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD);
6377 
6378   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
6379 }
6380 
6381 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) {
6382   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6383                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6384                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement));
6385   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
6386   Results.EnterNewScope();
6387 
6388   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6389   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6390                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6391                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6392 
6393   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results);
6394 
6395   // "else" block
6396   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6397                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6398 
6399   auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] {
6400     if (IsBracedThen) {
6401       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6402       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
6403       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6404       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
6405       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6406       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
6407     } else {
6408       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6409       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6410       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement");
6411       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
6412     }
6413   };
6414   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
6415   if (Results.includeCodePatterns())
6416     AddElseBodyPattern();
6417   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6418 
6419   // "else if" block
6420   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if");
6421   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6422   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6423   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6424     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
6425   else
6426     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
6427   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6428   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
6429     AddElseBodyPattern();
6430   }
6431   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6432 
6433   Results.ExitScope();
6434 
6435   if (S->getFnParent())
6436     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6437 
6438   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
6439     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
6440 
6441   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6442                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6443 }
6444 
6445 void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6446                                    bool EnteringContext,
6447                                    bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
6448                                    QualType PreferredType) {
6449   if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter)
6450     return;
6451 
6452   CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType);
6453   CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration);
6454   CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS);
6455 
6456   // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope
6457   // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since
6458   // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about
6459   // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST.
6460   if (SS.isInvalid()) {
6461     // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current
6462     // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to
6463     // guess what the specified scope is.
6464     ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6465                                CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6466     if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6467       DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6468     if (S->getEntity()) {
6469       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(),
6470                                           BaseType);
6471       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6472                          /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false,
6473                          /*LoadExternal=*/false);
6474     }
6475     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
6476                               DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0);
6477     return;
6478   }
6479   // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type
6480   // resolves to a dependent record.
6481   DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true);
6482 
6483   // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before
6484   // we look in them. Bail out if we fail.
6485   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
6486   if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) {
6487     if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx))
6488       return;
6489   }
6490 
6491   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6492                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6493   if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6494     Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6495   Results.EnterNewScope();
6496 
6497   // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only
6498   // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent.
6499   // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead.
6500   if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent())
6501     Results.AddResult("template");
6502 
6503   // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested
6504   // members based on the constraints.
6505   if (const auto *TTPT =
6506           dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) {
6507     for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
6508       if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons)
6509         continue;
6510       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6511           R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6512                    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())));
6513     }
6514   }
6515 
6516   // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any.
6517   //
6518   // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually
6519   // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with
6520   // qualified-id completions.
6521   if (Ctx && !EnteringContext)
6522     MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results);
6523   Results.ExitScope();
6524 
6525   if (Ctx &&
6526       (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) {
6527     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType);
6528     LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6529                        /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true,
6530                        /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
6531                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6532   }
6533 
6534   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6535                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6536 }
6537 
6538 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) {
6539   if (!CodeCompleter)
6540     return;
6541 
6542   // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we
6543   // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case.
6544   CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName);
6545   Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true);
6546 
6547   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6548                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context,
6549                         &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
6550   Results.EnterNewScope();
6551 
6552   // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword.
6553   if (!S->isClassScope())
6554     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace"));
6555 
6556   // After "using", we can see anything that would start a
6557   // nested-name-specifier.
6558   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6559   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6560                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6561                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6562   Results.ExitScope();
6563 
6564   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6565                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6566 }
6567 
6568 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) {
6569   if (!CodeCompleter)
6570     return;
6571 
6572   // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace
6573   // alias.
6574   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6575                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6576                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6577                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6578   Results.EnterNewScope();
6579   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6580   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6581                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6582                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6583   Results.ExitScope();
6584   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6585                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6586 }
6587 
6588 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) {
6589   if (!CodeCompleter)
6590     return;
6591 
6592   DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
6593   if (!S->getParent())
6594     Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
6595 
6596   bool SuppressedGlobalResults =
6597       Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx);
6598 
6599   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6600                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6601                         SuppressedGlobalResults
6602                             ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace
6603                             : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other,
6604                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace);
6605 
6606   if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) {
6607     // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined
6608     // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an
6609     // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent
6610     // definition of each namespace.
6611     std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest;
6612     for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl>
6613              NS(Ctx->decls_begin()),
6614          NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end());
6615          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6616       OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS;
6617 
6618     // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each
6619     // namespace to the list of results.
6620     Results.EnterNewScope();
6621     for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator
6622              NS = OrigToLatest.begin(),
6623              NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end();
6624          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6625       Results.AddResult(
6626           CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second),
6627                                nullptr),
6628           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6629     Results.ExitScope();
6630   }
6631 
6632   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6633                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6634 }
6635 
6636 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) {
6637   if (!CodeCompleter)
6638     return;
6639 
6640   // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias.
6641   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6642                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6643                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6644                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6645   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6646   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6647                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6648                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6649   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6650                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6651 }
6652 
6653 void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) {
6654   if (!CodeCompleter)
6655     return;
6656 
6657   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6658   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6659                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6660                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type,
6661                         &ResultBuilder::IsType);
6662   Results.EnterNewScope();
6663 
6664   // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not
6665   // actually overloadable.
6666 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
6667   if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional)                                             \
6668     Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling));
6669 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
6670 
6671   // Add any type names visible from the current scope
6672   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
6673   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6674   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6675                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6676                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6677 
6678   // Add any type specifiers
6679   AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6680   Results.ExitScope();
6681 
6682   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6683                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6684 }
6685 
6686 void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
6687     Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) {
6688   if (!ConstructorD)
6689     return;
6690 
6691   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD);
6692 
6693   auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD);
6694   if (!Constructor)
6695     return;
6696 
6697   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6698                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6699                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol);
6700   Results.EnterNewScope();
6701 
6702   // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes.
6703   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields;
6704   llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases;
6705   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) {
6706     if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer())
6707       InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(
6708           QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0)));
6709     else
6710       InitializedFields.insert(
6711           cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember()));
6712   }
6713 
6714   // Add completions for base classes.
6715   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
6716   bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty();
6717   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
6718 
6719   auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) {
6720     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6721                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6722     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6723     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6724     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND))
6725       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder);
6726     else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
6727       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(),
6728                                  Builder);
6729     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6730     return Builder.TakeString();
6731   };
6732   auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type,
6733                                 const NamedDecl *ND) {
6734     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6735                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6736     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6737     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6738     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type);
6739     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6740     if (ND) {
6741       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(
6742           Builder.TakeString(), ND,
6743           SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration);
6744       if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND))
6745         CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef;
6746       return Results.AddResult(CCR);
6747     }
6748     return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6749         Builder.TakeString(),
6750         SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration));
6751   };
6752   auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority,
6753                               const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) {
6754     if (!RD)
6755       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name,
6756                                 FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
6757                                          FD->getType().getAsString(Policy))
6758                                    : Name,
6759                                 FD);
6760     auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD);
6761     if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end())
6762       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD);
6763     for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) {
6764       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority);
6765       CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor);
6766       Results.AddResult(CCR);
6767     }
6768   };
6769   auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) {
6770     const char *BaseName =
6771         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
6772     const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6773     AddCtorsWithName(
6774         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6775         BaseName, nullptr);
6776   };
6777   auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) {
6778     const char *FieldName =
6779         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName());
6780     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6781     AddCtorsWithName(
6782         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6783         FieldName, FD);
6784   };
6785 
6786   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
6787     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6788              .second) {
6789       SawLastInitializer =
6790           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6791           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6792               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6793       continue;
6794     }
6795 
6796     AddBase(Base);
6797     SawLastInitializer = false;
6798   }
6799 
6800   // Add completions for virtual base classes.
6801   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) {
6802     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6803              .second) {
6804       SawLastInitializer =
6805           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6806           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6807               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6808       continue;
6809     }
6810 
6811     AddBase(Base);
6812     SawLastInitializer = false;
6813   }
6814 
6815   // Add completions for members.
6816   for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) {
6817     if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl()))
6818              .second) {
6819       SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() &&
6820                            Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
6821                            Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field;
6822       continue;
6823     }
6824 
6825     if (!Field->getDeclName())
6826       continue;
6827 
6828     AddField(Field);
6829     SawLastInitializer = false;
6830   }
6831   Results.ExitScope();
6832 
6833   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6834                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6835 }
6836 
6837 /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace.
6838 static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) {
6839   DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
6840   if (!DC)
6841     return false;
6842 
6843   return DC->isFileContext();
6844 }
6845 
6846 void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6847                                         bool AfterAmpersand) {
6848   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6849                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6850                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
6851   Results.EnterNewScope();
6852 
6853   // Note what has already been captured.
6854   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known;
6855   bool IncludedThis = false;
6856   for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) {
6857     if (C.Kind == LCK_This) {
6858       IncludedThis = true;
6859       continue;
6860     }
6861 
6862     Known.insert(C.Id);
6863   }
6864 
6865   // Look for other capturable variables.
6866   for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
6867     for (const auto *D : S->decls()) {
6868       const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6869       if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6870         continue;
6871 
6872       if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second)
6873         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration),
6874                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6875     }
6876   }
6877 
6878   // Add 'this', if it would be valid.
6879   if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy)
6880     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
6881 
6882   Results.ExitScope();
6883 
6884   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6885                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6886 }
6887 
6888 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) {
6889   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
6890     return;
6891   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6892                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6893                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
6894   auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() {
6895     if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator())
6896       return false;
6897     auto &Id = D.getName();
6898     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName)
6899       return true;
6900     // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to
6901     // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor?
6902     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName &&
6903         D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1)
6904       return true;
6905     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) {
6906       auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator;
6907       // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to
6908       // verify that it is the copy or move assignment?
6909       if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal)
6910         return true;
6911       if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 &&
6912           (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual ||
6913            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual ||
6914            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less ||
6915            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual ||
6916            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater ||
6917            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual ||
6918            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship))
6919         return true;
6920     }
6921     return false;
6922   };
6923 
6924   Results.EnterNewScope();
6925   if (ShouldAddDefault())
6926     Results.AddResult("default");
6927   // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the
6928   // first function declaration.
6929   Results.AddResult("delete");
6930   Results.ExitScope();
6931   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6932                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6933 }
6934 
6935 /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via
6936 /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false.
6937 #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword)
6938 
6939 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
6940                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6941   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6942   // Since we have an implementation, we can end it.
6943   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
6944 
6945   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6946                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6947   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
6948     // @dynamic
6949     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic"));
6950     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6951     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
6952     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6953 
6954     // @synthesize
6955     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize"));
6956     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6957     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
6958     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6959   }
6960 }
6961 
6962 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
6963                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6964   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6965 
6966   // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it.
6967   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
6968 
6969   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
6970     // @property
6971     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")));
6972 
6973     // @required
6974     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")));
6975 
6976     // @optional
6977     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")));
6978   }
6979 }
6980 
6981 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6982   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6983   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6984                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6985 
6986   // @class name ;
6987   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class"));
6988   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6989   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
6990   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6991 
6992   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
6993     // @interface name
6994     // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and
6995     // such.
6996     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface"));
6997     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6998     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
6999     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7000 
7001     // @protocol name
7002     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7003     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7004     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol");
7005     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7006 
7007     // @implementation name
7008     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation"));
7009     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7010     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7011     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7012   }
7013 
7014   // @compatibility_alias name
7015   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7016       OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias"));
7017   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7018   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias");
7019   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7020   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7021   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7022 
7023   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) {
7024     // @import name
7025     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import"));
7026     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7027     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module");
7028     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7029   }
7030 }
7031 
7032 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) {
7033   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7034                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7035                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7036   Results.EnterNewScope();
7037   if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext))
7038     AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7039   else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer())
7040     AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7041   else
7042     AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false);
7043   Results.ExitScope();
7044   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7045                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7046 }
7047 
7048 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7049   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7050   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7051                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7052 
7053   // @encode ( type-name )
7054   const char *EncodeType = "char[]";
7055   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7056       Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
7057     EncodeType = "const char[]";
7058   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType);
7059   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode"));
7060   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7061   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name");
7062   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7063   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7064 
7065   // @protocol ( protocol-name )
7066   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *");
7067   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7068   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7069   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name");
7070   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7071   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7072 
7073   // @selector ( selector )
7074   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL");
7075   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector"));
7076   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7077   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7078   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7079   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7080 
7081   // @"string"
7082   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *");
7083   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\""));
7084   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string");
7085   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
7086   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7087 
7088   // @[objects, ...]
7089   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *");
7090   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "["));
7091   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ...");
7092   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
7093   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7094 
7095   // @{key : object, ...}
7096   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *");
7097   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{"));
7098   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key");
7099   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7100   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7101   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ...");
7102   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7103   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7104 
7105   // @(expression)
7106   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id");
7107   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "("));
7108   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7109   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7110   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7111 }
7112 
7113 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7114   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7115   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7116                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7117 
7118   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7119     // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally
7120     //   { statements }
7121     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try"));
7122     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7123     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7124     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7125     Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch");
7126     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7127     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
7128     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7129     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7130     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7131     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7132     Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally");
7133     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7134     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7135     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7136     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7137   }
7138 
7139   // @throw
7140   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw"));
7141   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7142   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7143   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7144 
7145   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7146     // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements }
7147     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized"));
7148     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7149     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7150     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7151     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7152     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7153     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7154     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7155     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7156   }
7157 }
7158 
7159 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
7160                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7161   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7162   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")));
7163   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")));
7164   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")));
7165   if (LangOpts.ObjC)
7166     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")));
7167 }
7168 
7169 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) {
7170   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7171                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7172                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7173   Results.EnterNewScope();
7174   AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7175   Results.ExitScope();
7176   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7177                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7178 }
7179 
7180 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) {
7181   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7182                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7183                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7184   Results.EnterNewScope();
7185   AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false);
7186   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7187   Results.ExitScope();
7188   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7189                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7190 }
7191 
7192 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) {
7193   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7194                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7195                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7196   Results.EnterNewScope();
7197   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7198   Results.ExitScope();
7199   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7200                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7201 }
7202 
7203 /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C
7204 /// property's attributes will cause a conflict.
7205 static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) {
7206   // Check if we've already added this flag.
7207   if (Attributes & NewFlag)
7208     return true;
7209 
7210   Attributes |= NewFlag;
7211 
7212   // Check for collisions with "readonly".
7213   if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) &&
7214       (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7215     return true;
7216 
7217   // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }.
7218   unsigned AssignCopyRetMask =
7219       Attributes &
7220       (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign |
7221        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained |
7222        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain |
7223        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak);
7224   if (AssignCopyRetMask &&
7225       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign &&
7226       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained &&
7227       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy &&
7228       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain &&
7229       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong &&
7230       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)
7231     return true;
7232 
7233   return false;
7234 }
7235 
7236 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) {
7237   if (!CodeCompleter)
7238     return;
7239 
7240   unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes();
7241 
7242   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7243                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7244                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7245   Results.EnterNewScope();
7246   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7247                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly))
7248     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly"));
7249   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7250                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign))
7251     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign"));
7252   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7253                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained))
7254     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained"));
7255   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7256                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7257     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite"));
7258   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7259                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain))
7260     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain"));
7261   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7262                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong))
7263     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong"));
7264   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy))
7265     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy"));
7266   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7267                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic))
7268     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic"));
7269   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7270                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic))
7271     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic"));
7272 
7273   // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC.
7274   if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7275     if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7276                                    ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak))
7277       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak"));
7278 
7279   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7280                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) {
7281     CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(),
7282                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7283     Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter");
7284     Setter.AddTextChunk("=");
7285     Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7286     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString()));
7287   }
7288   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7289                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) {
7290     CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(),
7291                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7292     Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter");
7293     Getter.AddTextChunk("=");
7294     Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7295     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString()));
7296   }
7297   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7298                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) {
7299     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull"));
7300     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable"));
7301     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified"));
7302     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable"));
7303   }
7304   Results.ExitScope();
7305   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7306                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7307 }
7308 
7309 /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find
7310 /// via code completion.
7311 enum ObjCMethodKind {
7312   MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria.
7313   MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector.
7314   MK_OneArgSelector   ///< One-argument selector.
7315 };
7316 
7317 static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7318                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7319                                      bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7320   unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
7321   if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs())
7322     return false;
7323 
7324   switch (WantKind) {
7325   case MK_Any:
7326     break;
7327   case MK_ZeroArgSelector:
7328     return Sel.isUnarySelector();
7329   case MK_OneArgSelector:
7330     return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1;
7331   }
7332 
7333   if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs())
7334     return false;
7335 
7336   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I)
7337     if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I))
7338       return false;
7339 
7340   return true;
7341 }
7342 
7343 static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7344                                    ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7345                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7346                                    bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7347   return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents,
7348                                   AllowSameLength);
7349 }
7350 
7351 /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple
7352 /// completions with the same selector into the result set.
7353 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet;
7354 
7355 /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C
7356 /// container to the set of results.
7357 ///
7358 /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of
7359 /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from
7360 /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and
7361 /// implementations.
7362 ///
7363 /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods.
7364 ///
7365 /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if
7366 /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only).
7367 ///
7368 /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that
7369 /// finds methods.
7370 ///
7371 /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list
7372 /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers.
7373 ///
7374 /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results.
7375 static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
7376                            bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7377                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7378                            DeclContext *CurContext,
7379                            VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength,
7380                            ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true,
7381                            bool IsRootClass = false) {
7382   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7383   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
7384   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container);
7385   IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass());
7386   for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) {
7387     // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the
7388     // metaclass.
7389     if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods ||
7390         (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) {
7391       // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a
7392       // subset of the identifiers for this particular method.
7393       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength))
7394         continue;
7395 
7396       if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second)
7397         continue;
7398 
7399       Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr);
7400       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
7401       R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any);
7402       if (!InOriginalClass)
7403         setInBaseClass(R);
7404       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
7405     }
7406   }
7407 
7408   // Visit the protocols of protocols.
7409   if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
7410     if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) {
7411       const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7412           Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
7413       for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7414                                                 E = Protocols.end();
7415            I != E; ++I)
7416         AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7417                        Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7418     }
7419   }
7420 
7421   if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition())
7422     return;
7423 
7424   // Add methods in protocols.
7425   for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols())
7426     AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7427                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7428 
7429   // Add methods in categories.
7430   for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) {
7431     AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents,
7432                    CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7433                    InOriginalClass, IsRootClass);
7434 
7435     // Add a categories protocol methods.
7436     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7437         CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols();
7438     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7439                                               E = Protocols.end();
7440          I != E; ++I)
7441       AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7442                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7443 
7444     // Add methods in category implementations.
7445     if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation())
7446       AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7447                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7448                      IsRootClass);
7449   }
7450 
7451   // Add methods in superclass.
7452   // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes.
7453   if (IFace->getSuperClass())
7454     AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind,
7455                    SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7456                    /*IsRootClass=*/false);
7457 
7458   // Add methods in our implementation, if any.
7459   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
7460     AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7461                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7462                    IsRootClass);
7463 }
7464 
7465 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) {
7466   // Try to find the interface where getters might live.
7467   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7468   if (!Class) {
7469     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7470             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7471       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7472 
7473     if (!Class)
7474       return;
7475   }
7476 
7477   // Find all of the potential getters.
7478   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7479                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7480                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7481   Results.EnterNewScope();
7482 
7483   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7484   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
7485                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7486   Results.ExitScope();
7487   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7488                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7489 }
7490 
7491 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) {
7492   // Try to find the interface where setters might live.
7493   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7494   if (!Class) {
7495     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7496             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7497       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7498 
7499     if (!Class)
7500       return;
7501   }
7502 
7503   // Find all of the potential getters.
7504   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7505                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7506                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7507   Results.EnterNewScope();
7508 
7509   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7510   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
7511                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7512 
7513   Results.ExitScope();
7514   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7515                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7516 }
7517 
7518 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7519                                        bool IsParameter) {
7520   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7521                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7522                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type);
7523   Results.EnterNewScope();
7524 
7525   // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords.
7526   bool AddedInOut = false;
7527   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7528        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7529     Results.AddResult("in");
7530     Results.AddResult("inout");
7531     AddedInOut = true;
7532   }
7533   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7534        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7535     Results.AddResult("out");
7536     if (!AddedInOut)
7537       Results.AddResult("inout");
7538   }
7539   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7540        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref |
7541         ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) {
7542     Results.AddResult("bycopy");
7543     Results.AddResult("byref");
7544     Results.AddResult("oneway");
7545   }
7546   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) {
7547     Results.AddResult("nonnull");
7548     Results.AddResult("nullable");
7549     Results.AddResult("null_unspecified");
7550   }
7551 
7552   // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the
7553   // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for
7554   // an action, e.g.,
7555   //   IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender
7556   if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter &&
7557       PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) {
7558     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7559                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7560                                   CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available);
7561     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction");
7562     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7563     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7564     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7565     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7566     Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
7567     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7568     Builder.AddTextChunk("sender");
7569     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
7570   }
7571 
7572   // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'.
7573   if (!IsParameter) {
7574     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype"));
7575   }
7576 
7577   // Add various builtin type names and specifiers.
7578   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results);
7579   Results.ExitScope();
7580 
7581   // Add the various type names
7582   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
7583   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7584   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7585                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7586                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7587 
7588   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7589     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7590 
7591   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7592                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7593 }
7594 
7595 /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume
7596 /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of
7597 /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type,
7598 /// or NULL if no better result could be determined.
7599 static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) {
7600   auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
7601   if (!Msg)
7602     return nullptr;
7603 
7604   Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector();
7605   if (Sel.isNull())
7606     return nullptr;
7607 
7608   IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
7609   if (!Id)
7610     return nullptr;
7611 
7612   ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl();
7613   if (!Method)
7614     return nullptr;
7615 
7616   // Determine the class that we're sending the message to.
7617   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
7618   switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) {
7619   case ObjCMessageExpr::Class:
7620     if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType =
7621             Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7622       IFace = ObjType->getInterface();
7623     break;
7624 
7625   case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: {
7626     QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType();
7627     if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
7628       IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl();
7629     break;
7630   }
7631 
7632   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance:
7633   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass:
7634     break;
7635   }
7636 
7637   if (!IFace)
7638     return nullptr;
7639 
7640   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass();
7641   if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
7642     return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7643         .Case("retain", IFace)
7644         .Case("strong", IFace)
7645         .Case("autorelease", IFace)
7646         .Case("copy", IFace)
7647         .Case("copyWithZone", IFace)
7648         .Case("mutableCopy", IFace)
7649         .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace)
7650         .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace)
7651         .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace)
7652         .Case("class", IFace)
7653         .Case("classForCoder", IFace)
7654         .Case("superclass", Super)
7655         .Default(nullptr);
7656 
7657   return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7658       .Case("new", IFace)
7659       .Case("alloc", IFace)
7660       .Case("allocWithZone", IFace)
7661       .Case("class", IFace)
7662       .Case("superclass", Super)
7663       .Default(nullptr);
7664 }
7665 
7666 // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the
7667 // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass
7668 // function.
7669 ///
7670 /// \param S The semantic analysis object.
7671 ///
7672 /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with
7673 /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments.
7674 ///
7675 /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been
7676 /// provided as arguments for a send to "super".
7677 ///
7678 /// \param Results The set of results to augment.
7679 ///
7680 /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by
7681 /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added.
7682 static ObjCMethodDecl *
7683 AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword,
7684                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7685                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
7686   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl();
7687   if (!CurMethod)
7688     return nullptr;
7689 
7690   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7691   if (!Class)
7692     return nullptr;
7693 
7694   // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector.
7695   ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr;
7696   while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) {
7697     // Check in the class
7698     SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7699                                    CurMethod->isInstanceMethod());
7700 
7701     // Check in categories or class extensions.
7702     if (!SuperMethod) {
7703       for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) {
7704         if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7705                                           CurMethod->isInstanceMethod())))
7706           break;
7707       }
7708     }
7709   }
7710 
7711   if (!SuperMethod)
7712     return nullptr;
7713 
7714   // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature.
7715   if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() ||
7716       CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic())
7717     return nullptr;
7718 
7719   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(),
7720                                       CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(),
7721                                       SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin();
7722        CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) {
7723     // Make sure the parameter types are compatible.
7724     if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(),
7725                                           (*SuperP)->getType()))
7726       return nullptr;
7727 
7728     // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward!
7729     if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier())
7730       return nullptr;
7731   }
7732 
7733   // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion.
7734   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7735                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7736 
7737   // Give this completion a return type.
7738   AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod,
7739                      Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder);
7740 
7741   // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing).
7742   if (NeedSuperKeyword) {
7743     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
7744     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7745   }
7746 
7747   Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector();
7748   if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
7749     if (NeedSuperKeyword)
7750       Builder.AddTextChunk(
7751           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7752     else
7753       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7754           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7755   } else {
7756     ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin();
7757     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) {
7758       if (I > SelIdents.size())
7759         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7760 
7761       if (I < SelIdents.size())
7762         Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
7763             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7764       else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) {
7765         Builder.AddTextChunk(
7766             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7767         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7768             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7769       } else {
7770         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7771             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7772         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7773             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7774       }
7775     }
7776   }
7777 
7778   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod,
7779                                          CCP_SuperCompletion));
7780   return SuperMethod;
7781 }
7782 
7783 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) {
7784   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7785   ResultBuilder Results(
7786       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7787       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7788       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver,
7789       getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7790           ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture
7791           : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver);
7792 
7793   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7794   Results.EnterNewScope();
7795   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7796                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7797                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7798 
7799   // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass,
7800   // add "super" as an option.
7801   if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl())
7802     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface())
7803       if (Iface->getSuperClass()) {
7804         Results.AddResult(Result("super"));
7805 
7806         AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results);
7807       }
7808 
7809   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7810     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
7811 
7812   Results.ExitScope();
7813 
7814   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7815     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7816   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7817                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7818 }
7819 
7820 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7821                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7822                                         bool AtArgumentExpression) {
7823   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
7824   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
7825     // Figure out which interface we're in.
7826     CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7827     if (!CDecl)
7828       return;
7829 
7830     // Find the superclass of this class.
7831     CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass();
7832     if (!CDecl)
7833       return;
7834 
7835     if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
7836       // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message
7837       // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the
7838       // current object.
7839       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents,
7840                                              AtArgumentExpression, CDecl);
7841     }
7842 
7843     // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl.
7844   } else {
7845     // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which
7846     // it is.
7847     IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier();
7848     NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7849     if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) {
7850       // "super" names an interface. Use it.
7851     } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) {
7852       if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface =
7853               Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7854         CDecl = Iface->getInterface();
7855     } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) {
7856       // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific.
7857     } else {
7858       // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way.
7859       CXXScopeSpec SS;
7860       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
7861       UnqualifiedId id;
7862       id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc);
7863       ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id,
7864                                                /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false,
7865                                                /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
7866       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(),
7867                                              SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression);
7868     }
7869 
7870     // Fall through
7871   }
7872 
7873   ParsedType Receiver;
7874   if (CDecl)
7875     Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl));
7876   return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents,
7877                                       AtArgumentExpression,
7878                                       /*IsSuper=*/true);
7879 }
7880 
7881 /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message
7882 /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression.
7883 static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results,
7884                                                        unsigned NumSelIdents) {
7885   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7886   ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context;
7887 
7888   QualType PreferredType;
7889   unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2;
7890   Result *ResultsData = Results.data();
7891   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) {
7892     Result &R = ResultsData[I];
7893     if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration &&
7894         isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
7895       if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) {
7896         const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration);
7897         if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) {
7898           QualType MyPreferredType =
7899               Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType();
7900           if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) {
7901             BestPriority = R.Priority;
7902             PreferredType = MyPreferredType;
7903           } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType,
7904                                                      MyPreferredType)) {
7905             PreferredType = QualType();
7906           }
7907         }
7908       }
7909     }
7910   }
7911 
7912   return PreferredType;
7913 }
7914 
7915 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
7916                                        ParsedType Receiver,
7917                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7918                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
7919                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
7920   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7921   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
7922 
7923   // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the
7924   // corresponding declaration.
7925   if (Receiver) {
7926     QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr);
7927     if (!T.isNull())
7928       if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7929         CDecl = Interface->getInterface();
7930   }
7931 
7932   // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols,
7933   // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc.
7934   Results.EnterNewScope();
7935 
7936   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
7937   // completion.
7938   if (IsSuper) {
7939     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
7940             AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results))
7941       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
7942   }
7943 
7944   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
7945   // others.
7946   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
7947     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
7948 
7949   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7950   if (CDecl)
7951     AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext,
7952                    Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
7953   else {
7954     // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods.
7955 
7956     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
7957     // pool from the AST file.
7958     if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) {
7959       for (uint32_t I = 0,
7960                     N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors();
7961            I != N; ++I) {
7962         Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I);
7963         if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel))
7964           continue;
7965 
7966         SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel);
7967       }
7968     }
7969 
7970     for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(),
7971                                           MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end();
7972          M != MEnd; ++M) {
7973       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second;
7974            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
7975         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
7976           continue;
7977 
7978         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
7979                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
7980         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
7981         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
7982         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext);
7983       }
7984     }
7985   }
7986 
7987   Results.ExitScope();
7988 }
7989 
7990 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7991                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7992                                         bool AtArgumentExpression,
7993                                         bool IsSuper) {
7994 
7995   QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver);
7996 
7997   ResultBuilder Results(
7998       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7999       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8000       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T,
8001                             SelIdents));
8002 
8003   AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents,
8004                              AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results);
8005 
8006   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8007   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8008   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8009   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8010   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8011   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8012     QualType PreferredType =
8013         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8014     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8015       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8016     else
8017       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8018     return;
8019   }
8020 
8021   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8022                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8023 }
8024 
8025 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8026                                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8027                                            bool AtArgumentExpression,
8028                                            ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) {
8029   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8030 
8031   Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver);
8032 
8033   // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver.
8034   // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8].
8035   if (RecExpr) {
8036     ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr);
8037     if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail.
8038       return;
8039     RecExpr = Conv.get();
8040   }
8041   QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr
8042                               ? RecExpr->getType()
8043                               : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
8044                                             Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super))
8045                                       : Context.getObjCIdType();
8046 
8047   // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check
8048   // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows
8049   // us to assume a more-specific receiver type.
8050   if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) {
8051     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) {
8052       if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType())
8053         return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(
8054             S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents,
8055             AtArgumentExpression, Super);
8056 
8057       ReceiverType =
8058           Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace));
8059     }
8060   } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8061     ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr);
8062     if (Conv.isUsable()) {
8063       RecExpr = Conv.get();
8064       ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType();
8065     }
8066   }
8067 
8068   // Build the set of methods we can see.
8069   ResultBuilder Results(
8070       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8071       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8072       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage,
8073                             ReceiverType, SelIdents));
8074 
8075   Results.EnterNewScope();
8076 
8077   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
8078   // completion.
8079   if (Super) {
8080     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
8081             AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results))
8082       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
8083   }
8084 
8085   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
8086   // others.
8087   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl())
8088     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
8089 
8090   // Keep track of the selectors we've already added.
8091   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
8092 
8093   // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance
8094   // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a
8095   // class method.
8096   if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
8097       ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
8098     if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
8099       if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface())
8100         AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext,
8101                        Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8102     }
8103   }
8104   // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>").
8105   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID =
8106                ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
8107     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8108     for (auto *I : QualID->quals())
8109       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8110                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8111   }
8112   // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type.
8113   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr =
8114                ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
8115     // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods.
8116     AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents,
8117                    CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8118 
8119     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8120     for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals())
8121       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8122                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8123   }
8124   // Handle messages to "id".
8125   else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) {
8126     // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know
8127     // about as code-completion results.
8128 
8129     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8130     // pool from the AST file.
8131     if (ExternalSource) {
8132       for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors();
8133            I != N; ++I) {
8134         Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8135         if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8136           continue;
8137 
8138         ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8139       }
8140     }
8141 
8142     for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8143                                     MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8144          M != MEnd; ++M) {
8145       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first;
8146            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
8147         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
8148           continue;
8149 
8150         if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second)
8151           continue;
8152 
8153         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
8154                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
8155         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
8156         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
8157         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
8158       }
8159     }
8160   }
8161   Results.ExitScope();
8162 
8163   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8164   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8165   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8166   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8167   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8168   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8169     QualType PreferredType =
8170         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8171     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8172       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8173     else
8174       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8175     return;
8176   }
8177 
8178   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8179                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8180 }
8181 
8182 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8183                                          DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) {
8184   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
8185   Data.ObjCCollection = true;
8186 
8187   if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) {
8188     DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get();
8189     for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) {
8190       if (*I)
8191         Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I);
8192     }
8193   }
8194 
8195   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
8196 }
8197 
8198 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8199                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
8200   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8201   // pool from the AST file.
8202   if (ExternalSource) {
8203     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
8204          ++I) {
8205       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8206       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8207         continue;
8208 
8209       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8210     }
8211   }
8212 
8213   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8214                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8215                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName);
8216   Results.EnterNewScope();
8217   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8218                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8219        M != MEnd; ++M) {
8220 
8221     Selector Sel = M->first;
8222     if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents))
8223       continue;
8224 
8225     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
8226                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8227     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
8228       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8229           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
8230       Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8231       continue;
8232     }
8233 
8234     std::string Accumulator;
8235     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
8236       if (I == SelIdents.size()) {
8237         if (!Accumulator.empty()) {
8238           Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
8239               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8240           Accumulator.clear();
8241         }
8242       }
8243 
8244       Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I);
8245       Accumulator += ':';
8246     }
8247     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8248     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8249   }
8250   Results.ExitScope();
8251 
8252   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8253                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8254 }
8255 
8256 /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given
8257 /// (translation unit) context.
8258 static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8259                                bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8260                                ResultBuilder &Results) {
8261   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8262 
8263   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8264     // Record any protocols we find.
8265     if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
8266       if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition())
8267         Results.AddResult(
8268             Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext,
8269             nullptr, false);
8270   }
8271 }
8272 
8273 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
8274     ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) {
8275   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8276                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8277                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8278 
8279   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8280     Results.EnterNewScope();
8281 
8282     // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have
8283     // already seen.
8284     // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results.
8285     for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols)
8286       if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second))
8287         Results.Ignore(Protocol);
8288 
8289     // Add all protocols.
8290     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8291                        Results);
8292 
8293     Results.ExitScope();
8294   }
8295 
8296   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8297                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8298 }
8299 
8300 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) {
8301   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8302                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8303                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8304 
8305   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8306     Results.EnterNewScope();
8307 
8308     // Add all protocols.
8309     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true,
8310                        Results);
8311 
8312     Results.ExitScope();
8313   }
8314 
8315   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8316                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8317 }
8318 
8319 /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in
8320 /// the given (translation unit) context.
8321 static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8322                                 bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8323                                 bool OnlyUnimplemented,
8324                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
8325   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8326 
8327   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8328     // Record any interfaces we find.
8329     if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
8330       if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) &&
8331           (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation()))
8332         Results.AddResult(
8333             Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext,
8334             nullptr, false);
8335   }
8336 }
8337 
8338 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) {
8339   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8340                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8341                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8342   Results.EnterNewScope();
8343 
8344   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8345     // Add all classes.
8346     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8347                         false, Results);
8348   }
8349 
8350   Results.ExitScope();
8351 
8352   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8353                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8354 }
8355 
8356 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8357                                       SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8358   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8359                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8360                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8361   Results.EnterNewScope();
8362 
8363   // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining.
8364   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8365       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8366   if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass))
8367     Results.Ignore(CurClass);
8368 
8369   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8370     // Add all classes.
8371     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8372                         false, Results);
8373   }
8374 
8375   Results.ExitScope();
8376 
8377   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8378                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8379 }
8380 
8381 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) {
8382   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8383                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8384                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation);
8385   Results.EnterNewScope();
8386 
8387   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8388     // Add all unimplemented classes.
8389     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8390                         true, Results);
8391   }
8392 
8393   Results.ExitScope();
8394 
8395   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8396                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8397 }
8398 
8399 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8400                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8401                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8402   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8403 
8404   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8405                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8406                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8407 
8408   // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this
8409   // interface.
8410   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8411   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8412       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8413   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class =
8414           dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) {
8415     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories())
8416       CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier());
8417   }
8418 
8419   // Add all of the categories we know about.
8420   Results.EnterNewScope();
8421   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8422   for (const auto *D : TU->decls())
8423     if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
8424       if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second)
8425         Results.AddResult(
8426             Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr),
8427             CurContext, nullptr, false);
8428   Results.ExitScope();
8429 
8430   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8431                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8432 }
8433 
8434 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8435                                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8436                                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8437   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8438 
8439   // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the
8440   // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by
8441   // providing the list of all of the categories we know about.
8442   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8443       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8444   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass);
8445   if (!Class)
8446     return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc);
8447 
8448   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8449                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8450                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8451 
8452   // Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface
8453   // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for
8454   // already-implemented categories in the class itself.
8455   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8456   Results.EnterNewScope();
8457   bool IgnoreImplemented = true;
8458   while (Class) {
8459     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) {
8460       if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) &&
8461           CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second)
8462         Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr),
8463                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
8464     }
8465 
8466     Class = Class->getSuperClass();
8467     IgnoreImplemented = false;
8468   }
8469   Results.ExitScope();
8470 
8471   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8472                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8473 }
8474 
8475 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) {
8476   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8477   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8478                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext);
8479 
8480   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8481   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8482       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8483   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8484                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8485     return;
8486 
8487   // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented.
8488   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
8489   for (const auto *D : Container->decls())
8490     if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
8491       Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl());
8492 
8493   // Add any properties that we find.
8494   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
8495   Results.EnterNewScope();
8496   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8497           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8498     AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false,
8499                       /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8500                       AddedProperties, Results);
8501   else
8502     AddObjCProperties(CCContext,
8503                       cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(),
8504                       false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8505                       AddedProperties, Results);
8506   Results.ExitScope();
8507 
8508   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8509                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8510 }
8511 
8512 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(
8513     Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) {
8514   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8515   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8516                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8517                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8518 
8519   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8520   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8521       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8522   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8523                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8524     return;
8525 
8526   // Figure out which interface we're looking into.
8527   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
8528   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8529           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8530     Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface();
8531   else
8532     Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)
8533                 ->getCategoryDecl()
8534                 ->getClassInterface();
8535 
8536   // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing.
8537   QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType();
8538   if (Class) {
8539     if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
8540             PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
8541       PropertyType =
8542           Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType();
8543 
8544       // Give preference to ivars
8545       Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType);
8546     }
8547   }
8548 
8549   // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses.
8550   Results.EnterNewScope();
8551   bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false;
8552   std::string NameWithPrefix;
8553   NameWithPrefix += '_';
8554   NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName();
8555   std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str();
8556   NameWithSuffix += '_';
8557   for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) {
8558     for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar;
8559          Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) {
8560       Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr),
8561                         CurContext, nullptr, false);
8562 
8563       // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the
8564       // property.
8565       if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() ||
8566            NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() ||
8567            NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) {
8568         SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true;
8569 
8570         // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight
8571         // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely.
8572         if (Results.size() &&
8573             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind ==
8574                 CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration &&
8575             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar)
8576           Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--;
8577       }
8578     }
8579   }
8580 
8581   if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) {
8582     // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize
8583     // an ivar of the appropriate type.
8584     unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1;
8585     typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8586     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8587     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8588                                   Priority, CXAvailability_Available);
8589 
8590     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
8591     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
8592         GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator));
8593     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix));
8594     Results.AddResult(
8595         Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl));
8596   }
8597 
8598   Results.ExitScope();
8599 
8600   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8601                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8602 }
8603 
8604 // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along
8605 // with the "in original class" flag.
8606 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector,
8607                        llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>>
8608     KnownMethodsMap;
8609 
8610 /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container
8611 /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given
8612 /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods,
8613 /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found.
8614 static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context,
8615                                      ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
8616                                      Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods,
8617                                      QualType ReturnType,
8618                                      KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods,
8619                                      bool InOriginalClass = true) {
8620   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
8621     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8622     if (!IFace->hasDefinition())
8623       return;
8624 
8625     IFace = IFace->getDefinition();
8626     Container = IFace;
8627 
8628     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8629         IFace->getReferencedProtocols();
8630     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8631                                               E = Protocols.end();
8632          I != E; ++I)
8633       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8634                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8635 
8636     // Add methods from any class extensions and categories.
8637     for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
8638       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8639                                KnownMethods, false);
8640     }
8641 
8642     // Visit the superclass.
8643     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
8644       FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(),
8645                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8646                                false);
8647   }
8648 
8649   if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
8650     // Recurse into protocols.
8651     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8652         Category->getReferencedProtocols();
8653     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8654                                               E = Protocols.end();
8655          I != E; ++I)
8656       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8657                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8658 
8659     // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface.
8660     if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface())
8661       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(),
8662                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8663                                false);
8664   }
8665 
8666   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
8667     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8668     if (!Protocol->hasDefinition())
8669       return;
8670     Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition();
8671     Container = Protocol;
8672 
8673     // Recurse into protocols.
8674     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8675         Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
8676     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8677                                               E = Protocols.end();
8678          I != E; ++I)
8679       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8680                                KnownMethods, false);
8681   }
8682 
8683   // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because
8684   // we want the methods from this container to override any methods
8685   // we've previously seen with the same selector.
8686   for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
8687     if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) {
8688       if (!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8689           !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType()))
8690         continue;
8691 
8692       KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] =
8693           KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass);
8694     }
8695   }
8696 }
8697 
8698 /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code
8699 /// completion string.
8700 static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals,
8701                                     ASTContext &Context,
8702                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
8703                                     CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
8704   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8705   std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type);
8706   if (!Quals.empty())
8707     Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals));
8708   Builder.AddTextChunk(
8709       GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
8710   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8711 }
8712 
8713 /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by
8714 /// the given name.
8715 static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) {
8716   if (!Class)
8717     return false;
8718 
8719   if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name)
8720     return true;
8721 
8722   return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name);
8723 }
8724 
8725 /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and
8726 /// Key-Value Observing (KVO).
8727 static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
8728                                        bool IsInstanceMethod,
8729                                        QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context,
8730                                        VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors,
8731                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
8732   IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier();
8733   if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0)
8734     return;
8735 
8736   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
8737 
8738   // Builder that will create each code completion.
8739   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8740   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8741   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8742 
8743   // The selector table.
8744   SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors;
8745 
8746   // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region
8747   // on demand.
8748   struct KeyHolder {
8749     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
8750     StringRef Key;
8751     const char *CopiedKey;
8752 
8753     KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key)
8754         : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {}
8755 
8756     operator const char *() {
8757       if (CopiedKey)
8758         return CopiedKey;
8759 
8760       return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key);
8761     }
8762   } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName());
8763 
8764   // The uppercased name of the property name.
8765   std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName());
8766   if (!UpperKey.empty())
8767     UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]);
8768 
8769   bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty =
8770       ReturnType.isNull() ||
8771       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(),
8772                                      Property->getType());
8773   bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType();
8774 
8775   // Add the normal accessor -(type)key.
8776   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8777       KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second &&
8778       ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) {
8779     if (ReturnType.isNull())
8780       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8781                               Builder);
8782 
8783     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key);
8784     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8785                              CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8786   }
8787 
8788   // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided
8789   // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey.
8790   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8791       ((!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8792         (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) ||
8793        (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
8794                                 Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) {
8795     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str();
8796     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8797     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8798             .second) {
8799       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8800         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8801         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
8802         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8803       }
8804 
8805       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8806       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8807                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8808     }
8809   }
8810 
8811   // Add the normal mutator.
8812   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid &&
8813       !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
8814     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str();
8815     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8816     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8817       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8818         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8819         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8820         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8821       }
8822 
8823       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8824           Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName() + ":"));
8825       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8826                               Builder);
8827       Builder.AddTextChunk(Key);
8828       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8829                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8830     }
8831   }
8832 
8833   // Indexed and unordered accessors
8834   unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8835   unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8836   unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8837   unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8838   if (const auto *ObjCPointer =
8839           Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
8840     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) {
8841       // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known
8842       // collection, penalize the corresponding completions.
8843       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) {
8844         IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8845         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray"))
8846           IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8847       }
8848 
8849       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) {
8850         UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8851         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet"))
8852           UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8853       }
8854     }
8855   } else {
8856     IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8857     IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8858     UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8859     UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8860   }
8861 
8862   // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key>
8863   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8864       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) {
8865     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str();
8866     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8867     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8868             .second) {
8869       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8870         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8871         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
8872         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8873       }
8874 
8875       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8876       Results.AddResult(
8877           Result(Builder.TakeString(),
8878                  std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority),
8879                  CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8880     }
8881   }
8882 
8883   // Indexed getters
8884   // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
8885   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8886       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
8887     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
8888     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8889     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8890       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8891         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8892         Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
8893         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8894       }
8895 
8896       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8897       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8898       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
8899       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8900       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
8901       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8902                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8903     }
8904   }
8905 
8906   // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
8907   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8908       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
8909        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8910         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
8911         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
8912                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
8913                 ->getName() == "NSArray"))) {
8914     std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str();
8915     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8916     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8917       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8918         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8919         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
8920         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8921       }
8922 
8923       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8924       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8925       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
8926       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8927       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
8928       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8929                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8930     }
8931   }
8932 
8933   // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange
8934   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
8935     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str();
8936     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
8937                                       &Context.Idents.get("range")};
8938 
8939     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
8940       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8941         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8942         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8943         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8944       }
8945 
8946       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8947       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8948       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
8949       Builder.AddTextChunk(" **");
8950       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8951       Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer");
8952       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
8953       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:");
8954       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8955       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange");
8956       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8957       Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange");
8958       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8959                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8960     }
8961   }
8962 
8963   // Mutable indexed accessors
8964 
8965   // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
8966   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
8967     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
8968     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"),
8969                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)};
8970 
8971     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
8972       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8973         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8974         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8975         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8976       }
8977 
8978       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:");
8979       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8980       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
8981       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
8982       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8983       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
8984       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
8985       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8986       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8987       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
8988       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8989       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
8990       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
8991                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8992     }
8993   }
8994 
8995   // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
8996   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
8997     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str();
8998     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
8999                                       &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")};
9000 
9001     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9002       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9003         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9004         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9005         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9006       }
9007 
9008       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9009       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9010       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9011       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9012       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9013       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9014       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:");
9015       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9016       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9017       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9018       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9019       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9020                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9021     }
9022   }
9023 
9024   // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
9025   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9026     std::string SelectorName =
9027         (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9028     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9029     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9030       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9031         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9032         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9033         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9034       }
9035 
9036       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9037       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9038       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
9039       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9040       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9041       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9042                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9043     }
9044   }
9045 
9046   // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9047   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9048     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9049     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9050     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9051       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9052         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9053         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9054         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9055       }
9056 
9057       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9058       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9059       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9060       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9061       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9062       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9063                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9064     }
9065   }
9066 
9067   // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object
9068   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9069     std::string SelectorName =
9070         (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9071     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9072                                       &Context.Idents.get("withObject")};
9073 
9074     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9075       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9076         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9077         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9078         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9079       }
9080 
9081       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9082       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9083       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
9084       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9085       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9086       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9087       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:");
9088       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9089       Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
9090       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9091       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9092       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9093                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9094     }
9095   }
9096 
9097   // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array
9098   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9099     std::string SelectorName1 =
9100         (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9101     std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str();
9102     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1),
9103                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)};
9104 
9105     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9106       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9107         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9108         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9109         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9110       }
9111 
9112       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":"));
9113       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9114       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9115       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9116       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9117       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9118       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":"));
9119       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9120       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9121       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9122       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9123       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9124                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9125     }
9126   }
9127 
9128   // Unordered getters
9129   // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey
9130   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9131       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9132        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9133         ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9134         ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9135                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9136                 ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) {
9137     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str();
9138     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9139     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9140             .second) {
9141       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9142         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9143         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *");
9144         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9145       }
9146 
9147       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9148       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9149                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9150     }
9151   }
9152 
9153   // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object
9154   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9155       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
9156     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str();
9157     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9158     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9159       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9160         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9161         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9162         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9163         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9164       }
9165 
9166       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9167       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9168       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9169         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9170         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9171       } else {
9172         Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString(
9173             ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
9174       }
9175       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9176       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9177       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9178                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9179     }
9180   }
9181 
9182   // Mutable unordered accessors
9183   // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object
9184   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9185     std::string SelectorName =
9186         (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9187     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9188     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9189       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9190         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9191         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9192         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9193       }
9194 
9195       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9196       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9197       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9198       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9199       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9200       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9201       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9202                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9203     }
9204   }
9205 
9206   // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects
9207   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9208     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str();
9209     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9210     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9211       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9212         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9213         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9214         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9215       }
9216 
9217       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9218       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9219       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9220       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9221       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9222       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9223                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9224     }
9225   }
9226 
9227   // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object
9228   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9229     std::string SelectorName =
9230         (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9231     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9232     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9233       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9234         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9235         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9236         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9237       }
9238 
9239       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9240       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9241       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9242       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9243       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9244       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9245       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9246                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9247     }
9248   }
9249 
9250   // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects
9251   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9252     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str();
9253     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9254     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9255       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9256         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9257         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9258         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9259       }
9260 
9261       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9262       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9263       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9264       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9265       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9266       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9267                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9268     }
9269   }
9270 
9271   // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects
9272   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9273     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str();
9274     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9275     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9276       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9277         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9278         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9279         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9280       }
9281 
9282       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9283       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9284       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9285       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9286       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9287       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9288                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9289     }
9290   }
9291 
9292   // Key-Value Observing
9293   // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey
9294   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9295       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9296        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9297         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9298         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9299                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9300                 ->getName() == "NSSet"))) {
9301     std::string SelectorName =
9302         (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str();
9303     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9304     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9305             .second) {
9306       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9307         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9308         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *");
9309         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9310       }
9311 
9312       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9313       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9314                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9315     }
9316   }
9317 
9318   // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey
9319   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9320       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() ||
9321        ReturnType->isBooleanType())) {
9322     std::string SelectorName =
9323         (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str();
9324     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9325     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9326             .second) {
9327       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9328         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9329         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
9330         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9331       }
9332 
9333       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9334       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9335                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9336     }
9337   }
9338 }
9339 
9340 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
9341                                       ParsedType ReturnTy) {
9342   // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if
9343   // provided.
9344   QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy);
9345   Decl *IDecl = nullptr;
9346   if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) {
9347     ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9348     IDecl = OCD;
9349   }
9350   // Determine where we should start searching for methods.
9351   ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr;
9352   bool IsInImplementation = false;
9353   if (Decl *D = IDecl) {
9354     if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
9355       SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface();
9356       IsInImplementation = true;
9357     } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl =
9358                    dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) {
9359       SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl();
9360       IsInImplementation = true;
9361     } else
9362       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D);
9363   }
9364 
9365   if (!SearchDecl && S) {
9366     if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity())
9367       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC);
9368   }
9369 
9370   if (!SearchDecl) {
9371     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
9372                               CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0);
9373     return;
9374   }
9375 
9376   // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here.
9377   KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods;
9378   FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType,
9379                            KnownMethods);
9380 
9381   // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods.
9382   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9383   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9384                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9385                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9386   Results.EnterNewScope();
9387   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
9388   for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9389                                  MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9390        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9391     ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer();
9392     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9393                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9394 
9395     // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet.
9396     if (!IsInstanceMethod) {
9397       Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+");
9398       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9399     }
9400 
9401     // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the
9402     // pattern as (type).
9403     if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9404       QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context);
9405       AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy);
9406       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context,
9407                               Policy, Builder);
9408     }
9409 
9410     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
9411 
9412     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
9413       // Unary selectors have no arguments.
9414       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9415           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
9416     } else {
9417       // Add all parameters to the pattern.
9418       unsigned I = 0;
9419       for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
9420                                           PEnd = Method->param_end();
9421            P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) {
9422         // Add the part of the selector name.
9423         if (I == 0)
9424           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9425               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9426         else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) {
9427           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9428           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9429               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9430         } else
9431           break;
9432 
9433         // Add the parameter type.
9434         QualType ParamType;
9435         if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
9436           ParamType = (*P)->getType();
9437         else
9438           ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType();
9439         ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
9440             Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
9441         AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType);
9442         AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
9443                                 Context, Policy, Builder);
9444 
9445         if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier())
9446           Builder.AddTextChunk(
9447               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName()));
9448       }
9449     }
9450 
9451     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
9452       if (Method->param_size() > 0)
9453         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
9454       Builder.AddTextChunk("...");
9455     }
9456 
9457     if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
9458       // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement.
9459       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9460       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
9461       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9462       if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9463         // If the result type is not void, add a return clause.
9464         Builder.AddTextChunk("return");
9465         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9466         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
9467         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
9468       } else
9469         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
9470 
9471       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9472       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
9473     }
9474 
9475     unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern;
9476     auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority);
9477     if (!M->second.getInt())
9478       setInBaseClass(R);
9479     Results.AddResult(std::move(R));
9480   }
9481 
9482   // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of
9483   // the properties in this class and its categories.
9484   if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9485     SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers;
9486     Containers.push_back(SearchDecl);
9487 
9488     VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors;
9489     for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9490                                    MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9491          M != MEnd; ++M)
9492       KnownSelectors.insert(M->first);
9493 
9494     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl);
9495     if (!IFace)
9496       if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl))
9497         IFace = Category->getClassInterface();
9498 
9499     if (IFace)
9500       for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories())
9501         Containers.push_back(Cat);
9502 
9503     if (IsInstanceMethod) {
9504       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I)
9505         for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties())
9506           AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context,
9507                                      KnownSelectors, Results);
9508     }
9509   }
9510 
9511   Results.ExitScope();
9512 
9513   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9514                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9515 }
9516 
9517 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(
9518     Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy,
9519     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
9520   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
9521   // pool from the AST file.
9522   if (ExternalSource) {
9523     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
9524          ++I) {
9525       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
9526       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
9527         continue;
9528 
9529       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
9530     }
9531   }
9532 
9533   // Build the set of methods we can see.
9534   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9535   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9536                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9537                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9538 
9539   if (ReturnTy)
9540     Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType());
9541 
9542   Results.EnterNewScope();
9543   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
9544                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
9545        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9546     for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first
9547                                                      : &M->second.second;
9548          MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
9549       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
9550         continue;
9551 
9552       if (AtParameterName) {
9553         // Suggest parameter names we've seen before.
9554         unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
9555         if (NumSelIdents &&
9556             NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) {
9557           ParmVarDecl *Param =
9558               MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1];
9559           if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
9560             CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9561                                           Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9562             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
9563                 Param->getIdentifier()->getName()));
9564             Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9565           }
9566         }
9567 
9568         continue;
9569       }
9570 
9571       Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
9572                Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
9573       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
9574       R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
9575       R.DeclaringEntity = true;
9576       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
9577     }
9578   }
9579 
9580   Results.ExitScope();
9581 
9582   if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() &&
9583       SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) {
9584     for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) {
9585       if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER")
9586         continue;
9587       Results.EnterNewScope();
9588       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9589                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9590       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9591           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName()));
9592       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro,
9593                                              CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9594       Results.ExitScope();
9595     }
9596   }
9597 
9598   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9599                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9600 }
9601 
9602 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) {
9603   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9604                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9605                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective);
9606   Results.EnterNewScope();
9607 
9608   // #if <condition>
9609   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9610                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9611   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
9612   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9613   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9614   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9615 
9616   // #ifdef <macro>
9617   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef");
9618   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9619   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9620   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9621 
9622   // #ifndef <macro>
9623   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef");
9624   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9625   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9626   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9627 
9628   if (InConditional) {
9629     // #elif <condition>
9630     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif");
9631     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9632     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9633     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9634 
9635     // #elifdef <macro>
9636     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifdef");
9637     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9638     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9639     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9640 
9641     // #elifndef <macro>
9642     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifndef");
9643     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9644     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9645     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9646 
9647     // #else
9648     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
9649     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9650 
9651     // #endif
9652     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif");
9653     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9654   }
9655 
9656   // #include "header"
9657   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9658   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9659   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9660   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9661   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9662   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9663 
9664   // #include <header>
9665   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9666   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9667   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9668   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9669   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9670   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9671 
9672   // #define <macro>
9673   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9674   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9675   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9676   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9677 
9678   // #define <macro>(<args>)
9679   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9680   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9681   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9682   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9683   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args");
9684   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9685   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9686 
9687   // #undef <macro>
9688   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef");
9689   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9690   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9691   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9692 
9693   // #line <number>
9694   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9695   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9696   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9697   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9698 
9699   // #line <number> "filename"
9700   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9701   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9702   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9703   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9704   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9705   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename");
9706   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9707   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9708 
9709   // #error <message>
9710   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error");
9711   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9712   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9713   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9714 
9715   // #pragma <arguments>
9716   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma");
9717   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9718   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments");
9719   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9720 
9721   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9722     // #import "header"
9723     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9724     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9725     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9726     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9727     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9728     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9729 
9730     // #import <header>
9731     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9732     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9733     Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9734     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9735     Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9736     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9737   }
9738 
9739   // #include_next "header"
9740   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9741   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9742   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9743   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9744   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9745   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9746 
9747   // #include_next <header>
9748   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9749   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9750   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9751   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9752   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9753   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9754 
9755   // #warning <message>
9756   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning");
9757   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9758   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9759   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9760 
9761   // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide
9762   // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension
9763   // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use.
9764 
9765   // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them.
9766   Results.ExitScope();
9767 
9768   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9769                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9770 }
9771 
9772 void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) {
9773   CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction
9774                                                : Sema::PCC_Namespace);
9775 }
9776 
9777 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) {
9778   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9779                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9780                         IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName
9781                                      : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse);
9782   if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) {
9783     // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments.
9784     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9785                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9786     Results.EnterNewScope();
9787     for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(),
9788                                       MEnd = PP.macro_end();
9789          M != MEnd; ++M) {
9790       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9791           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName()));
9792       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
9793           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9794     }
9795     Results.ExitScope();
9796   } else if (IsDefinition) {
9797     // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above?
9798   }
9799 
9800   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9801                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9802 }
9803 
9804 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() {
9805   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9806                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9807                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression);
9808 
9809   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
9810     AddMacroResults(PP, Results,
9811                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
9812 
9813   // defined (<macro>)
9814   Results.EnterNewScope();
9815   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9816                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9817   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined");
9818   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9819   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9820   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9821   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9822   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9823   Results.ExitScope();
9824 
9825   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9826                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9827 }
9828 
9829 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9830                                                  IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9831                                                  MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9832                                                  unsigned Argument) {
9833   // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we
9834   // do for function calls.
9835 
9836   // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback
9837   // for the expanded tokens.
9838 }
9839 
9840 // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba
9841 // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path,
9842 // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include.
9843 void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) {
9844   // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows!
9845   // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare.
9846   std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir);
9847   // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions.
9848   SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir);
9849   llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir);
9850   llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS =
9851       getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem();
9852 
9853   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9854                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9855                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile);
9856   llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results.
9857 
9858   // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result.
9859   auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) {
9860     SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename;
9861     // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/
9862     TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"');
9863     auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk);
9864     if (R.second) { // New completion
9865       const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk);
9866       *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef.
9867       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9868                                     CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9869       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped);
9870       // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque.
9871       // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking.
9872       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
9873     }
9874   };
9875 
9876   // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each.
9877   auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir,
9878                                     bool IsSystem,
9879                                     DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) {
9880     llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir;
9881     if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) {
9882       if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) {
9883         // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to
9884         // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/.
9885         auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir);
9886         auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir);
9887 
9888         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers");
9889         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End);
9890       } else {
9891         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir);
9892       }
9893     }
9894 
9895     const StringRef &Dirname = llvm::sys::path::filename(Dir);
9896     const bool isQt = Dirname.startswith("Qt") || Dirname == "ActiveQt";
9897     const bool ExtensionlessHeaders =
9898         IsSystem || isQt || Dir.endswith(".framework/Headers");
9899     std::error_code EC;
9900     unsigned Count = 0;
9901     for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC);
9902          !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) {
9903       if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory,
9904         break;             // bail out early so we're not too slow.
9905       StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path());
9906 
9907       // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we
9908       // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many
9909       // symlinks.
9910       llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type();
9911       if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) {
9912         if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(It->path()))
9913           Type = FileStatus->getType();
9914       }
9915       switch (Type) {
9916       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file:
9917         // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix,
9918         // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import.
9919         if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework &&
9920             NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework"))
9921           break;
9922 
9923         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true);
9924         break;
9925       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: {
9926         // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in special dirs).
9927         // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here.
9928         const bool IsHeader = Filename.endswith_insensitive(".h") ||
9929                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hh") ||
9930                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hpp") ||
9931                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".inc") ||
9932                               (ExtensionlessHeaders && !Filename.contains('.'));
9933         if (!IsHeader)
9934           break;
9935         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false);
9936         break;
9937       }
9938       default:
9939         break;
9940       }
9941     }
9942   };
9943 
9944   // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible.
9945   auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir,
9946                                    bool IsSystem) {
9947     switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) {
9948     case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap:
9949       // header maps are not (currently) enumerable.
9950       break;
9951     case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir:
9952       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
9953                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
9954       break;
9955     case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework:
9956       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
9957                              DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework);
9958       break;
9959     }
9960   };
9961 
9962   // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path.
9963   // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file.
9964   // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later).
9965   const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
9966   using llvm::make_range;
9967   if (!Angled) {
9968     // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes.
9969     auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry();
9970     if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir())
9971       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false,
9972                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
9973     for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end()))
9974       AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
9975   }
9976   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end()))
9977     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
9978   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end()))
9979     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true);
9980 
9981   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9982                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9983 }
9984 
9985 void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
9986   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
9987                             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr,
9988                             0);
9989 }
9990 
9991 void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() {
9992   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9993                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9994                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9995   Results.EnterNewScope();
9996   static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"};
9997   for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) {
9998     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform));
9999     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
10000         Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension")));
10001   }
10002   Results.ExitScope();
10003   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
10004                             Results.data(), Results.size());
10005 }
10006 
10007 void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(
10008     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10009     SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) {
10010   ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo,
10011                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery);
10012   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
10013     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder,
10014                                         Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
10015     LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName,
10016                        Consumer,
10017                        !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
10018   }
10019 
10020   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
10021     AddMacroResults(PP, Builder,
10022                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
10023 
10024   Results.clear();
10025   Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(),
10026                  Builder.data() + Builder.size());
10027 }
10028